WO2025193545A1 - Light interrogation systems having first and second pinhole plates, and methods of use thereof - Google Patents
Light interrogation systems having first and second pinhole plates, and methods of use thereofInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025193545A1 WO2025193545A1 PCT/US2025/018936 US2025018936W WO2025193545A1 WO 2025193545 A1 WO2025193545 A1 WO 2025193545A1 US 2025018936 W US2025018936 W US 2025018936W WO 2025193545 A1 WO2025193545 A1 WO 2025193545A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- light
- pinhole
- detection chamber
- interrogation system
- light source
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/17—Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of the material investigated
- G01N21/25—Colour; Spectral properties, i.e. comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands
- G01N21/251—Colorimeters; Construction thereof
- G01N21/253—Colorimeters; Construction thereof for batch operation, i.e. multisample apparatus
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/01—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials specially adapted for biological cells, e.g. blood cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N15/1434—Optical arrangements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/01—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials specially adapted for biological cells, e.g. blood cells
- G01N2015/012—Red blood cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/01—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials specially adapted for biological cells, e.g. blood cells
- G01N2015/016—White blood cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/01—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials specially adapted for biological cells, e.g. blood cells
- G01N2015/018—Platelets
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N2015/1006—Investigating individual particles for cytology
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N15/1434—Optical arrangements
- G01N2015/144—Imaging characterised by its optical setup
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N15/1434—Optical arrangements
- G01N2015/1452—Adjustment of focus; Alignment
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N2015/1486—Counting the particles
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N2015/1493—Particle size
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N15/00—Investigating characteristics of particles; Investigating permeability, pore-volume or surface-area of porous materials
- G01N15/10—Investigating individual particles
- G01N15/14—Optical investigation techniques, e.g. flow cytometry
- G01N2015/1497—Particle shape
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N21/00—Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
- G01N21/01—Arrangements or apparatus for facilitating the optical investigation
- G01N21/03—Cuvette constructions
- G01N2021/0357—Sets of cuvettes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2201/00—Features of devices classified in G01N21/00
- G01N2201/06—Illumination; Optics
- G01N2201/062—LED's
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2201/00—Features of devices classified in G01N21/00
- G01N2201/08—Optical fibres; light guides
- G01N2201/0826—Fibre array at source, distributing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2201/00—Features of devices classified in G01N21/00
- G01N2201/08—Optical fibres; light guides
- G01N2201/0833—Fibre array at detector, resolving
Definitions
- Point-of-care (POC) sample analysis systems are typically based on one or more reusable hand-held analyzers (i.e., instruments or reading apparatus) that perform sample tests using a single-use disposable testing device, e.g., a cartridge or strip that contains analytical elements, e.g., electrodes or optics for sensing analytes such as pH, oxygen and glucose, as well as various types of proteins, enzymes and blood cells.
- a single-use disposable testing device e.g., a cartridge or strip that contains analytical elements, e.g., electrodes or optics for sensing analytes such as pH, oxygen and glucose, as well as various types of proteins, enzymes and blood cells.
- the disposable testing device may ⁇ include fluidic elements (e.g., conduits for receiving and delivering the sample to sensing electrodes or optics), calibrant elements (e.g., aqueous fluids for standardizing the electrodes and optics with a known concentration of analyte), and dyes with known extinction coefficients for standardizing optics.
- the instrument or reading apparatus may contain electrical circuitry and other components for operating the electrodes or optics, making measurements, and ⁇ performing computations.
- the instrument or reading apparatus may also have the ability to display results and communicate those results to laboratory and hospital information systems (LIS and HIS, respectively), for example, via a computer workstation or other data management system.
- LIS and HIS laboratory and hospital information systems
- Communication between the instrument or reading apparatus and a workstation, and between the workstation and a LIS or HIS may be via, for example, an infrared link, a wired ⁇ connection, wireless communication, or any other form of data communication that is capable of transmitting and receiving electrical information, or any combination thereof.
- point-of-care sample testing systems are the elimination of the time- consuming need to send a sample to a central laboratory for testing. Point-of-care sample testing systems allow a nurse or doctor (user or operator), at the bedside of a patient, to obtain ⁇ a reliable quantitative analytical result, comparable in quality to that which would be obtained in a laboratory.
- the nurse selects a testing device with the required panel of tests, draws a biological sample from the patient, dispenses the biological sample into the testing device, optionally seals the testing device, and inserts the testing device into the instrument or reading apparatus. While the particular order in which the steps occur may vary between ⁇ different point-of-care systems and providers, the intent of providing rapid sample test results close to the location of the patient remains the same.
- the instrument or reading apparatus then performs a test cycle, i.e., all the other analytical steps required to perform the tests.
- Such simplicity gives the doctor quicker insight into a patient's physiological status and, by reducing the turnaround time for diagnosis or monitoring, enables a quicker decision by the doctor on the appropriate treatment, thus enhancing the likelihood of a successful patient outcome.
- point-of-care sample testing systems typically include an ⁇ instrument or analyzer configured to perform sample tests using single-use disposable testing device for the determination of analytes in biological samples.
- the type of sample tests performed may vary and can be implemented using one or more disposable testing devices including, for example, a qualitative or semi-quantitative testing device (e.g., lateral flow or microarray assays), a quantitative testing device (e.g., an electrochemical assay), or a ⁇ combined qualitative or semi-quantitative testing device and a quantitative testing device (e.g., a testing device with both lateral flow or microarray assays and an electrochemical assay).
- a qualitative or semi-quantitative testing device e.g., lateral flow or microarray assays
- a quantitative testing device e.g., an electrochemical assay
- a ⁇ combined qualitative or semi-quantitative testing device e.g., a testing device with both lateral flow or microarray assays and an electrochemical assay.
- the instrument or analyzer includes an optical sensor configured to process a signal from the qualitative or semiquantitative testing device and/or an electrical connector configured to process a signal from the quantitative testing device (see, ⁇ e.g., U.S. Patent No.9,194,859, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- the optical sensor includes an optical imager configured to image an assay of an optical test cartridge.
- the assay is a qualitative or semi-quantitative lateral flow test or microarray test (e.g., a one or more lateral flow test strips or microarrays disposed in a conduit of the optical test cartridge).
- the optical sensor further includes a processor configured to ⁇ process a signal generated by the optical imager to display a qualitative or semi-quantitative test result.
- SUMMARY Aspects of the invention include light interrogation systems, e.g., for analyzing a sample ⁇ fluid (e.g., blood).
- the subject systems include a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers, a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber, a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a ⁇ pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality, and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber.
- the first and second pinhole plates each comprise an array of pinholes (e.g., 2 to 50 pinholes).
- the pinholes may, in embodiments, be separated by a ⁇ distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm.
- the one or more pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates have a diameter ranging from 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm.
- the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 5 mm to 15 mm.
- the first and second pinhole plates have a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm.
- the light source is comprised of a fiber array.
- each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
- the light source further comprises a fiber array plate having holes for mounting the fiber array.
- Light sources according to some embodiments may ⁇ further include a lenslet array positioned between the light source and the first pinhole plate, wherein each lenslet of the array is optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
- the lenslet array may in certain cases be arranged within a lenslet plate.
- the light source comprises an array of micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs).
- the light source comprises micro-LEDs.
- the light source comprises a light ⁇ guide plate (LGP).
- the LGP may in some cases be comprised of cast-grade polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA).
- the optical sensor may vary. In some cases, the optical sensor is a CMOS sensor. In some cases, the optical sensor is comprised of photodiodes. In additional cases, the optical sensor is a spectrometer.
- Systems of the invention may additionally include optics positioned along an optical path ⁇ between the light source and the optical sensor. For example, in some embodiments, systems include a diffuser positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate. In certain cases, systems include a folding mirror or folding prism positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate. In embodiments, systems include a band-pass filter positioned between the second pinhole plate and the optical sensor.
- Systems include a notch filter, e.g., positioned between the first and second pinhole plates.
- systems may include a processor for use in conjunction with the aforementioned components.
- embodiments of the systems include a processor operably connected to the optical sensor, the light source, and a memory having instructions ⁇ stored thereon which, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality.
- Processors of interest may be configured to calculate an average intensity of incident light from the light source; calculate an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; deactivate the light source and calculate a dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each ⁇ detection chamber of the plurality; and calculate the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
- the processors may configure the intensity of the light source and integration time of the optical ⁇ sensor to adjust for the dynamic ranges of the samples. Aspects of the invention also include methods of analyzing a sample fluid.
- Methods of interest include introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers, inserting the cartridge into a light interrogation system of the invention (e.g., described above and herein), and irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the light source to analyze the sample fluid.
- the sample fluid may vary and in some embodiments includes a blood sample (e.g., a whole blood sample).
- analyzing the sample fluid comprises performing a complete metabolic panel (CMP).
- FIG.1A-1B depict a light source comprising a light guide plate according to certain embodiments.
- FIG.2A-2B depict a light source comprising a light guide plate according to certain embodiments.
- FIG.3A-3E depict a light source optically coupled to a fiber array according to certain ⁇ embodiments of the invention.
- FIG.4A-4B present first and second pinhole plates according to certain embodiments of the invention.
- FIG.5A-5E depict aspects of light interrogation systems according to certain embodiments.
- FIG.6A-6C depict light filtering arrangements of light interrogation systems according to certain embodiments.
- FIG.7A-7C depict a light interrogation system prototype.
- FIG.8 shows light received from pinholes relative to masks used for intensity measurement.
- FIG.9A-9G show an experimental setup used to perform a stray light test (FIG.9A), as well as results from stray light tests (FIG.9B-9G).
- FIG.10A-10B depict a pinhole array (FIG.10A) and projection of light beams from a first pinhole plate (FIG.10B) having this pinhole array.
- FIG.11A-11B depict absorption and optical density (OD) calculation using a pinhole ⁇ array.
- FIG.12 depicts an absorbance spectrum of neutral density fibers on a UV1800 spectrometer.
- FIG.13A-13D depict neutral density filter test results.
- FIG.14A-14B present stray light measurements.
- FIG.15A-15C depict a light interrogation system prototype.
- FIG.16A-16B present spectrums of different light guide plates.
- FIG.17 depicts adjustments made to a light source comprising a light guide plate.
- FIG.18 depicts an experimental setup for determining light guide plate power efficiency.
- FIG.19 depicts light guide plate power efficiency results.
- FIG.20 depicts an embodiment of the invention having a single pinhole plate and a reflector. ⁇ DETAILED DESCRIPTION Light interrogation systems are provided.
- Systems of interest include a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers, a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically ⁇ aligned with the detection chamber, a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality, and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber.
- the near or approximating unrecited number may be a number which, in the context in ⁇ which it is presented, provides the substantial equivalent of the specifically recited number.
- all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, representative illustrative methods and materials are now described.
- light interrogation system it is meant a system that is configured to irradiate a substance (e.g., a sample) with light in a manner suitable for determining one or more characteristics of the substance.
- a substance e.g., a sample
- use of the disclosed light interrogation systems improves the quality ⁇ of data obtained during the irradiation of the substance relative to comparable prior systems.
- embodiments of the present systems may improve a signal-to-noise ratio by 1% or more, such as 5% or more, such as 10% or more, such as 15% or more and including 20% or more.
- the present systems are more compact and/or space-efficient relative to comparable prior systems.
- Light interrogation systems of the disclosure include a first pinhole plate comprising one ⁇ or more pinholes.
- the first pinhole plate is comprised of a planar surface having pinholes located therein.
- the first pinhole plate may be constructed from any suitable material.
- plates include one or more metals including, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass, ⁇ iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and alloys thereof.
- the first pinhole plate includes a polymeric material, such as ⁇ a plastic material.
- the first pinhole plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials.
- the pinhole plate is comprised of polyoxymethylene.
- the inner surface of the pinholes may in some cases be coated with an anodized black material, e.g., to minimize reflective light.
- the ⁇ number of pinholes in the first pinhole plate may vary.
- the first pinhole plate includes a single pinhole. In other cases, the first pinhole plate includes a plurality of pinholes.
- the number of pinholes ranges from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20.
- the pinholes of the plurality may be arranged in an array.
- array of pinholes it is meant a particular arrangement of pinholes that is organized according to a certain pattern or principle.
- pinholes of the array are arranged in rows and columns.
- pinholes of the array are arranged in a staggered pattern.
- pinholes of the array are arranged in a concentric pattern.
- the pinholes are arranged in an irregular pattern but remain aligned with the detection ⁇ chambers to be interrogated.
- the dimensions of the pinholes in the first pinhole plate may vary.
- the pinholes range in diameter from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 4 mm, such as 0.3 mm to 3 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 2 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 1 mm.
- pinholes have a diameter of 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm or 1.0 mm.
- adjacent pinholes in the plurality may be separated by any suitable distance, where the distance is measured between geometric centers of the pinholes.
- adjacent pinholes are separated a distance ranging from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 1 mm to 7 mm, such as 1.5 mm to 5 mm, and including 2 mm to 2.5 mm.
- adjacent pinholes are separated by a distance of 2.0 mm, 2.1 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.4 ⁇ mm or 2.5 mm.
- the pinholes may, in embodiments, be separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm, 3 mm to 5 mm, 6 mm to 12 mm, or 13 mm to 25 mm for larger detection chambers or distributed chambers.
- the height/thickness of the first pinhole plate may likewise vary.
- the pinhole plate has a height ranging from 1 mm to 50 mm, such as 2 mm to 40 mm, such as 3 mm to 30 mm, such as 4 mm to 25 mm and including 20 mm to 25 mm.
- the first pinhole plate has a thickness of 20 mm, 21 mm, 22 mm, 23 mm or 24 mm.
- the pinhole plate has a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm. In some cases, the pinhole diameter and the plate thickness is sufficient to narrow collimated light ⁇ of chief ray angle 1°-3° and minimize the stray light and cross-talk signal to the neighbor detection chambers.
- Pinholes of the subject first pinhole plates are each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers (e.g., microcuvettes). In other words, the pinholes are sized and positioned within the plate so that detection chambers employed in ⁇ conjunction with the subject systems (e.g., in conjunction with a removable cartridge that is inserted into the system, as described in further detail below) are in optical alignment with the pinholes.
- optical alignment it is meant that one or more pinholes and detection chambers, when such chambers are present in the system, share an optical axis that passes through the pinholes to (or from, as appropriate) their corresponding detection chambers.
- ⁇ pinholes may be sized relative to the detection chambers in such a manner to reduce the negative effects of stray light and associated optical density (OD) variance. It is a good practice to reduce the pinhole chief ray angle to avoid light reflection from the structure wall of the detection chamber. Suitable sizes may include but are not limited to those presented above.
- pinholes may be matched to a particular array of detection chambers (e.g., in a ⁇ cartridge) such that the first pinhole plate and detection chambers are arranged according to the same pattern or principle.
- both the detection chambers and pinholes may be arranged in rows and columns, in a staggered pattern, or concentrically.
- detection chamber it is meant any microfluidic component configured for the analysis (e.g., optical analysis) of a sample.
- Exemplary detection chambers include, but are not ⁇ limited to, microcuvettes. The number of detection chambers in the plurality may vary.
- the number of detection chambers in the plurality ranges from 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20.
- cartridges include 10 or more detection chambers, such as 11 or more detection chambers, such as 12 or more detection chambers, such as 13 or more detection chambers, such as 14 or more detection chambers, such as 15 or ⁇ more detection chambers, such as 16 or more detection chambers, such as 17 or more detection chambers, such as 18 or more detection chambers, such as 19 or more detection chambers, and including 20 or more detection chambers.
- the shape and size of the detection chambers in the plurality may vary, as desired.
- the detection chambers of the plurality have an elongate structure (e.g., having a length greater than width).
- the elongate ⁇ structure may have any convenient cross-sectional shape, where cross-sectional shapes of interest include, but are not limited to rectilinear cross-sectional shapes, e.g., squares, rectangles, trapezoids, triangles, hexagons, etc., curvilinear cross-sectional shapes, e.g., circles, ovals, as well as irregular shapes, e.g., a parabolic bottom portion coupled to a planar top portion.
- the detection chambers of the plurality have a circular cross section. In other embodiments, the detection chambers of the plurality have a square cross section.
- detection chambers of the plurality have a rectangular cross section. In still other embodiments, detection chambers of the plurality have a inversed cone ⁇ cross section.
- the volume of the detection chambers may also vary. In some cases, detection chambers of the plurality have a volume ranging from 0.3 ⁇ l to 500 ⁇ l, such as 2 ⁇ l to 300 ⁇ l, such as 3 ⁇ l to 200 ⁇ l, such as 4 ⁇ l to 100 ⁇ l and including 5 ⁇ l to 10 ⁇ l. In some versions, the detection chambers of the plurality have a volume ranging from 0.3 ⁇ l to 50 ⁇ l.
- detection chambers of the plurality have a volume of 5 ⁇ l or more, such as 6 ⁇ l or more, such ⁇ as 7 ⁇ l or more, such as 8 ⁇ l or more, such as 9 ⁇ l or more, and including 10 ⁇ l or more. In some instances, detection chambers of the plurality have a diameter ranging from 0.1 mm to 20 mm, such as 0.5 mm to 15 mm, such as 1 mm to 10 mm, and including 1.5 mm to 2 mm.
- detection chambers of the plurality have a diameter of 1.5 mm or more, such as 1.6 mm or more, such as 1.7 mm or more, such as 1.8 mm or more, such as 1.9 mm or more, ⁇ and including 2 mm or more.
- Adjacent detection chambers of the plurality may be separated by a distance ranging from 1 mm to 10 mm, such as 2 mm to 8 mm, and including 4 mm to 5 mm. Space between detection chambers may in some cases be sufficient to ensure that each one can be interrogated by a beam of light from the illuminator without interfering with its neighbor detection chambers.
- the detection chambers of the plurality may be arranged in any suitable ⁇ pattern.
- the detection chamber array is arranged in a staggered pattern. In other cases, the detection chamber array is arranged in a concentric pattern.
- the detection chambers in the subject cartridge may be constructed from any suitable material.
- the detection chambers are comprised of a polymeric material, e.g., that is transparent in a detection wavelength band.
- the detection chambers of the plurality ⁇ are comprised of polystyrene (PS), PMMA, CoC, or CoP.
- detection chambers are components of the subject light interrogation system. In other embodiments, they are components of a removeable cartridge for use within the present system.
- Detection chambers may include an inlet for receiving diluted sample fluid, and an outlet where air and/or excess diluted sample fluid may escape as the detection chambers are being ⁇ filled.
- the detection chambers of the plurality are comprised of an elongate structure
- the detection chambers include an inlet at a proximal end of the elongate structure, and an outlet at the distal end of the elongate structure.
- the cartridge is configured such that the detection chambers are arranged upright (i.e., vertically).
- the inlets may be arranged at the bottom such that the detection ⁇ chambers fill with diluted sample fluid from the bottom and ascend via capillary action.
- detection chambers fill from the top-down.
- the detection chambers are light-accessible at certain windows.
- each detection chamber in the plurality comprises a first light-accessible window configured to permit entry of light, and a second light-accessible window configured to permit an exit of the light from the light source.
- the remainder of the detection chambers may or may not also be light-accessible.
- the detection chambers are opaque.
- aspects of the subject systems additionally include a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber.
- systems include a plurality of light sources.
- the plurality of light sources are positioned in an array.
- the ⁇ spectra of the light source(s) may lie in any predetermined region of the electromagnetic spectrum detectable using photosensitive arrays, with or without specialized treatments to extend the effective ranges of wavelengths detectable by such arrays.
- the predetermined wavelength or wavelength band is in the infrared spectrum. In some embodiments, the predetermined wavelength or wavelength band is in the ultraviolet spectrum.
- the predetermined wavelength or wavelength band is in the visible spectrum.
- the light source is comprised of one or more light emitting diodes (LEDs).
- the light source is comprised of an array of LEDs. The number of LEDs in the array may vary.
- the light source may be comprised of one or more LED emitters ⁇ including but not limited to e.g., two or more LED emitters, three or more LED emitters, four or more LED emitters, one LED emitter, two LED emitters, three LED emitters, four LED emitters, etc. In some cases, the number of LEDs ranges from 4 to 20, such as 5 to 15, and including 6 to 8.
- an illumination component containing four LED emitters may contain two ⁇ pairs of identical LEDs or one pair of LEDs of a first wavelength and a second pair of LEDs of a second wavelength.
- any useful arrangement of the LED emitters may find use in the light source including but not limited to e.g., linear arrangement, staggered arrangement, arrayed (e.g., “checker-board”) arrangement, and the like.
- Useful LED emitters of the subject disclosure will vary, e.g., based on the ⁇ particular assay to be performed by the system the optical, electrical or physical constraints of the system and the like.
- LED emitters may include but are not limited to e.g., LED emitters with a peak minimum wavelength ( ⁇ ) in nanometers (nm) of between 340 and 750 nm, including but not limited to e.g., between 340 and 450, between 340 and 400, between 400 and 450, between 450 and ⁇ 550, between 450 and 500, between 500 and 550, between 550 and 650, between 550 and 600, between 600 and 650, between 650 and 750, between 650 and 700, between 700 and 750, about 400 nm, about 580 nm, about 470 nm, about 628 nm, about 528 nm, about 674 nm, and the like.
- ⁇ peak minimum wavelength
- light sources contain two LED emitters of different wavelengths where the distance between the different wavelengths will vary and may range from 5 nm to 300 nm or more including but not limited to e.g., at least 5 nm apart, at least 10 nm apart, at least 15 nm apart, at least 20 nm apart, at least 25 nm apart, at least 30 nm apart, at least 35 ⁇ nm apart, at least 40 nm apart, at least 45 nm apart, at least 50 nm apart, at least 55 nm apart, at least 60 nm apart, at least 65 nm apart, at least 70 nm apart, at least 75 nm apart, at least 80 nm apart, at least 85 nm apart, at least 90 nm apart, at least 95 nm apart, at least 100 nm apart, at least 105 nm apart, at least 110 nm apart, at least 115 nm apart, at least 120 nm apart, at least 125 nm apart
- LED emitters of the subject disclosure may be capable of being toggled (i.e., capable being turned on and off, including turned on/off repeatedly).
- the wiring circuitry of light sources having two or more LED emitters is configured or the programing controlling such light sources is configured such that only one LED emitter may be toggled on at a time.
- the toggling of LED emitters of an optic block includes a time period where neither LED emitter of the optic block is toggled on.
- emission power of LEDs can be adjusted ⁇ from 0 to 100% by PWM or adjusting driving current.
- one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging from 400 nm to 410 nm.
- one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging from 460 nm to 470 nm.
- one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging ⁇ from 600 nm to 610 nm.
- one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging from 850 nm to 860 nm.
- the LED array comprises LEDs configured to emit light at 405 nm, 467 nm, 550 nm, 600 nm, and 850 nm. Each LED is turned on independently or simultaneously to illuminate the correct wavelength for each assay.
- the LEDs are edge-lit micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs).
- the light source is composed of a light guide plate and a plurality of multiple-wavelength LEDs configured to emit different wavelengths of light (e.g., such as the ⁇ wavelengths discussed above).
- LGP illuminators allow for multiple spectra without the need for an optical lens, which may reduce the size and complexity of the light interrogation system.
- the LEDs are edge-lit micro LEDs.
- systems may include an edge-lit LED illuminator composed of a light guide plate (LGP) and a plurality of multiple-wavelength LEDs.
- LGPs include a reflective film, e.g., for incident light.
- Exemplary reflective films may be comprised of polyethylene terephthalate.
- the LGP is engraved with reflective patterns such as dot or V-type trunking to reflect/refract the light beam towards the first pinhole plate.
- LGPs may be comprised of any suitable material, including but not limited to, cyclo olefin polymer ⁇ (CoP), cyclic olefin copolymer (CoC), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) and polystyrene (PS).
- the LGP is comprised of cast-grade PMMA.
- the LGP is comprised of low melt flow rate (MFR) PMMA.
- light sources comprise a collimator (e.g., to provide uniform illumination).
- the subject collimators are arranged in a honeycomb pattern.
- collimators likewise include a film for use as ⁇ a diffuser.
- exemplary films include, but are not limited to Opto90 PET225 film by Hexatron Technologies. Additional diffusers that may be employed include, e.g., the Opto90Frost diffuser by Hexatron Technologies, and the like.
- Another low auto-fluorescence reflector film that may be employed includes, e.g., a PET 0.3 mm reflector film by Consun Technology.
- said light source may include ⁇ one or more prisms (e.g., 2 prisms). Prisms that may be employed include, but are not limited to, K9 prisms.
- the prisms may have a width ranging in some cases from 5 mm to 20 mm, such as 7 mm to 15 mm, such as 8 mm to 12 mm. In certain cases, prisms have a width of 10 mm. Said prism(s) may be separated from the LGP in some implementations by a distance ranging from 10 mm to 50 mm, such as 20 mm to 40 mm, such as 25 mm to 35 mm, and including 29 ⁇ mm to 31 mm. Where employed, prisms may be used to direct light to the LGP.
- light sources include a reflective cavity defined by interior reflectors, such as a top interior reflector and a bottom interior reflector, which may be comprised of any suitable reflective material.
- interior reflectors may be separated by a distance ranging ⁇ from 1 mm to 20 mm, such as 2 mm to 10 mm, such as 3 mm to 7 mm, and including 4 mm to 6 mm.
- Interior reflectors in some embodiments have a thickness ranging from 1 mm to 10 mm, such as 2 mm to 6 mm, and including 3 mm to 5 mm.
- Light is emitted (e.g., by LEDs) into the reflective cavity, and the reflectors restrict said light to the cavity before it is reflected to the LGP (e.g., by the prisms).
- light sources comprise a multiple sets of LEDs, such as LEDs on both a top and bottom surface of the interior reflectors, such that light is emitted by the LEDs into the reflective cavity and directed to the LGP by the prisms. Dimensions of the light source may vary.
- LGP-containing light ⁇ sources are characterized by an LED angle ranging from 20° to 80°, such as 40° to 70°, such as 41° to 50°, such as 42° to 47°, and including 44° to 46°.
- the LGP has a rectangular or square surface area having one or more sides ranging in length from 20 mm to 80 mm, such as 30 mm to 70 mm, such as 40 mm to 60 mm, such as 45 mm to 55 mm and including 49 mm to 51 mm. In select cases, the LGP has 50 mm x 50 mm dimensions. In some ⁇ cases, the LGP comprises an inactive border surrounding an active area of the LGP. Borders may range in width from 1 mm to 10 mm, such as 2 mm to 8 mm, such as 3 mm to 5 mm.
- light sources having an LGP have a radiation power ranging from 0.01 mw/mm 2 to 10 mw/mm 2 , and have dimming control for each LED. In some instances, light sources having an LGP have a power variation of less than 0.01% in 10 mins, assuming an ⁇ ambient temperature change of ⁇ 5 °C.
- FIG.1A presents a side-view of light source 100, which includes a reflective cavity 101 defined by interior reflectors 102. Also included are top LEDs 103a and bottom LEDs 103b which are mounted using mount plates 104a and 104b, respectively.
- FIG.1B presents a top-view of light source 100 as well as the dimensions thereof.
- prisms 105a and 105b direct light to LGP 106 at LED angle ⁇ .
- a border of LGP 106 is defined by distance d1.
- An active width of LGP 106 is defined by distance d2.
- the distance between ⁇ LGP 106 and prisms 105a and 105b is defined by distance d3.
- the width of prisms 105a and 105b is defined by distance d4.
- FIG.2A-2B presents an alternative depiction of a light source comprising an LGP according to certain embodiments of the invention.
- light source 200 includes reflective cavity 201, mount plates 204a and 204b, prisms 205a and 205b, and LGP ⁇ 206. These elements are arranged as described above with respect to FIG.1A-1B. Also shown are screws 207 for mounting light source 200, e.g., to a first pinhole plate.
- the light source is a laser light source.
- the laser may be any convenient laser, such as a continuous wave laser.
- the laser may be a diode laser, such as an ultraviolet diode laser, a visible diode laser and a near-infrared diode laser.
- the laser may be a helium-neon (HeNe) laser.
- the laser is a gas laser, such as a helium-neon laser, argon laser, krypton laser, xenon laser, nitrogen laser, CO2 laser, CO laser, argon-fluorine (ArF) excimer laser, krypton-fluorine (KrF) excimer laser, xenon chlorine (XeCl) excimer laser or xenon-fluorine (XeF) excimer laser or a combination thereof.
- the subject flow cytometers include a dye laser, such as a stilbene, coumarin or rhodamine laser.
- lasers of interest include a metal-vapor laser, such as a helium-cadmium (HeCd) laser, helium-mercury (HeHg) laser, helium-selenium (HeSe) laser, helium-silver (HeAg) laser, strontium laser, neon-copper (NeCu) ⁇ laser, copper laser or gold laser and combinations thereof.
- a metal-vapor laser such as a helium-cadmium (HeCd) laser, helium-mercury (HeHg) laser, helium-selenium (HeSe) laser, helium-silver (HeAg) laser, strontium laser, neon-copper (NeCu) ⁇ laser, copper laser or gold laser and combinations thereof.
- HeCd helium-cadmium
- HeHg helium-mercury
- HeSe helium-selenium
- HeAg helium-silver
- strontium laser neon-co
- the subject flow cytometers include a solid-state laser, such as a ruby laser, an Nd:YAG laser, NdCrYAG laser, Er:YAG laser, Nd:YLF laser, Nd:YVO4 laser, Nd:YCa4O(BO3)3 laser, Nd:YCOB laser, titanium sapphire laser, thulim YAG laser, ytterbium YAG laser, ytterbium2O3 laser or cerium doped lasers and combinations thereof.
- the light source is or comprises an ⁇ arc lamp.
- the light source is a white light lamp, such as a xenon lamp.
- Light sources according to certain embodiments may also include one or more optical adjustment components.
- the optical adjustment component is located between the light source and the detection chambers, and may include any device that is capable of changing the spatial width of irradiation or some other characteristic of irradiation ⁇ from the light source, such as for example, irradiation direction, wavelength, beam width, beam intensity and focal spot.
- Optical adjustment protocols may include any convenient device which adjusts one or more characteristics of the light source, including but not limited to lenses, mirrors, filters, fiber optics, wavelength separators, pinholes, slits, collimating protocols and combinations thereof.
- systems of interest include one or more focusing ⁇ lenses.
- the focusing lens in one example, may be a de-magnifying lens.
- systems of interest include fiber optics.
- systems include a tapered mixing rod configured to integrate incident light from the light source (e.g., LED array) and generate a uniform output (total reflection) in a smaller area.
- systems of the invention include an optional diffuser configured to improve light uniformity.
- systems include a folding mirror.
- systems include a folding prism.
- the light source is optically coupled to a fiber array.
- fiber array it is meant a plurality of optical fibers that are arranged according to a certain principle or pattern such that fibers of the array may be optically coupled to pinholes of the first pinhole ⁇ plate.
- each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
- the optical fibers may be comprised of an elongated structure having a proximal and distal end, where the elongated structure is fabricated from a light transparent material that is configured for transmitting light from the proximal end to a pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
- the fibers of the fiber array are bundled at their proximal ends. ⁇ This fiber bundle may then be optically coupled (e.g., via a suitable connector such as an SMA connector) to a light source, such as a suitable light source described above.
- the transparent material includes a glass material such as, but not limited to, silica (e.g., fused silica).
- the transparent material includes a polymeric material.
- the transparent material may include one or more materials such as, but not limited to, poly(methyl-methacrylate) (PMMA), polystyrene, and poly(perfluoro- butenyl vinyl ether) (CYTOP).
- PMMA poly(methyl-methacrylate)
- CYTOP poly(perfluoro- butenyl vinyl ether)
- the number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some cases matched to the number of pinholes in the first pinhole plate.
- the number of ⁇ optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20.
- Each optical fiber may include a coat/cladding and a light transparent core.
- the core ranges in diameter from 0.1 mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm.
- the coat ranges in diameter from 0.1 mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1.5 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 0.7 ⁇ mm.
- fibers of the array comprise or are comprised of light pipes.
- the light pipes may include a lumen and a coating to increase the amount of reflection of light waves travelling in the light pipes. In other embodiments, a coating is not included.
- the light pipes may be made from any suitable material.
- the light pipe is made ⁇ from a thermoplastic polymer.
- the thermoplastic polymer is polycarbonate.
- light pipes may be molded using an optically transparent material such as PMMA, CoC, Cop or glass.
- the number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some cases matched to the number of pinholes in the first pinhole plate.
- the number of optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to ⁇ 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20.
- each light pipe is comprised of a light transparent core without cladding.
- the core may have various diameters to match with the pinholes that can range, e.g., from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm.
- the cross section of the light pipes are in some embodiments circle or square.
- systems of the invention may additionally include a fiber array plate having holes for mounting the fiber array.
- the fiber array plate may be constructed from any suitable material.
- the fiber array plate includes one or more metals, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and ⁇ alloys thereof.
- the fiber array plates includes a polymeric material, such as a plastic material.
- the fiber array plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials.
- the holes of the fiber array plate are matched to the pinholes of the first pinhole plate. In other ⁇ words, the holes of the fiber array plate are arranged according to the same principle or pattern as the first pinhole plate.
- adjacent holes of the fiber array plate are separated by a distance ranging from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 1 mm to 7 mm, such as 1.5 mm to 5 mm, and including 2 mm to 3 mm. In some cases, adjacent holes are separated by a distance of 2.0 mm, 2.1 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.4 mm or 2.5 mm. In some instances, the fiber array plate has a thickness ranging from 1 mm to 100 mm, such as 2 mm to 50 mm, such as 3 mm to 40 mm, such as 4 mm to 20 mm, such as 5 mm to 15 mm, and including 9 mm to 11 mm.
- holes of the fiber array plate have a diameter ranging from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 ⁇ mm to 2 mm, such as 0.3 mm to 1 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 0.7 mm.
- systems also include a lenslet array.
- the subject lenslet arrays include a plurality of lenslets (i.e., microlenses) arranged in an array which are suitable to focus light emitted from the optical fibers to the detection chambers.
- the lenslets of ⁇ the array are configured to be optically aligned with holes of the of the fiber array plate.
- the lenslets of the array are arranged according to the same principle or pattern as the fiber array plate, and by extension, the first pinhole plate.
- Lenslets of the array have any suitable diameter. Diameters of interest range from 0.5 mm to 5 mm, such as 1 mm to 2 mm, such as 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm, and including 1.3 mm to 1.5 mm.
- the ⁇ lenslets of the array are arranged within a lenslet plate, e.g., configured to hold the lenslets in a particular configuration.
- the lenslet plate may be constructed from any suitable material.
- the lenslet plate includes one or more metals, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and alloys thereof.
- the lenslet plate includes a ⁇ polymeric material, such as a plastic material.
- the fiber array plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials.
- the thickness of the lenslet plate ranges from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 0.9 mm to 1.1 mm. In some embodiments, the lenslet plate has a thickness of 1 mm.
- FIG.3A-3B depict a light source optically coupled to a fiber array, according to certain embodiments.
- optical fibers 301 are comprised of fiber cores 301a having diameter ⁇ D i covered by coatings 301b characterized by diameter ⁇ D O .
- Each optical fiber is optically aligned to a hole within fiber array plate 302 having width W and length L.
- Each hole in fiber array plate is characterized by diameter ⁇ D.
- Adjacent holes in fiber array plate 302 are ⁇ separated from each other in an x direction by distance PE_x, and in the y direction by PE_y, which distances may be either the same or different.
- lenslet array 303 which is shown in greater detail in FIG.3B.
- lenslet array 303 is comprised of lenslets (i.e., microlenses) 304 having diameter ⁇ D L arranged in a lenslet plate.
- FIG.3A also demonstrates how proximal ends of optical fibers 301 are bundled into fiber bundle 305, which ⁇ itself optically couples to a suitable light source 306.
- Light interrogation systems of the invention also include a second pinhole plate.
- Second pinhole plates of interest include one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality.
- the second pinhole plate is comprised of a planar surface having pinholes located therein.
- the second pinhole plate may be constructed from any suitable material.
- plates include one or more metals including, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass, ⁇ iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and alloys ⁇ thereof.
- the second pinhole plate includes a polymeric material, such as a plastic material.
- the second pinhole plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials.
- the pinhole plate is comprised of polyoxymethylene.
- the inner surface of the pinholes may in ⁇ some cases be coated with an anodized black material, e.g., to minimize reflective light.
- the number of pinholes in the second pinhole plate may vary. In some cases, the second pinhole plate includes a single pinhole. In other cases, the second pinhole plate includes a plurality of pinholes. In some such cases, the number of pinholes ranges from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 2 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. In some cases, the number of ⁇ pinholes in both the first and second pinhole plates ranges from 2 to 50.
- the pinholes of the plurality may be arranged in an array according to the same principle or pattern as the first pinhole plate.
- pinholes of the array are arranged in rows and columns.
- pinholes of the array are arranged in a staggered pattern.
- pinholes ⁇ of the array are arranged in a concentric pattern.
- the pinholes are arranged in an irregular pattern but remain aligned with the detection chambers to be interrogated.
- the dimensions of the pinholes in the second pinhole plate may vary.
- the pinholes range in diameter from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 4 mm, such as 0.3 mm to 3 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 2 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 1 mm.
- pinholes ⁇ have a diameter of 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm or 1.0 mm.
- adjacent pinholes in the plurality may be separated by any suitable distance, where the distance is measured between geometric centers of the pinholes.
- adjacent pinholes are separated a distance ranging from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 1 mm to 7 mm, such as 1.5 mm to 5 mm, and including 2 mm ⁇ to 2.5 mm. In some cases, adjacent pinholes are separated by a distance of 2.0 mm, 2.1 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.4 mm or 2.5 mm.
- the pinholes may, in embodiments, be separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm, 3 mm to 5 mm, 6 mm to 12 mm, and 13mm to 25 mm, e.g., for larger detection chambers or distributed chambers.
- the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm.
- the height/thickness of the second pinhole plate may likewise vary.
- the pinhole plate has a height ranging from 1 mm to 50 mm, such as 2 mm to 40 mm, such as 3 mm to 30 mm, such as 4 mm to 25 mm and including 20 mm to 25 mm.
- the second pinhole plate has a thickness of 20 mm, 21 mm, 22 mm, 23 mm or 24 mm. In some cases, the pinhole plate has a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm.
- second pinhole plates of the invention include a light trap pocket configured to prevent stray emission light from the light source from being collected by the optical sensor.
- the light trap pocked may be comprised of a void in the interior of the second pinhole plate which is ⁇ configured to absorb stray rays of light.
- the light trap pocket is coated with an anodized black material to avoid internal reflection.
- the pinhole diameter and the plate thickness is sufficient to narrow collimated light of chief ray angle 1°-3° and minimize the stray light and cross-talk signal to the neighbor detection chambers.
- the dimensions of the first and second pinhole plates may be the same or different.
- pinholes of the ⁇ first pinhole plate have a larger diameter than pinholes of the second pinhole plate. In other cases, pinholes of the second pinhole plate have a larger diameter than pinholes of the first pinhole plate.
- the pinhole image forms “super photodiodes” to measure the light intensity of all cuvettes. The pixel summation of the pinhole image is the transmittance light power of each cuvette and is used in absorbance calculation.
- the distance separating the first and second pinhole plates may vary, e.g., depending on the size of the cartridge/detection chambers employed.
- the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 100 mm, such as 3 mm to 75 mm, such as 4 mm to 50 mm and including 5 mm to 15 mm.
- Pinholes of the subject second pinhole plates are each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a ⁇ plurality of detection chambers (e.g., microcuvettes).
- the pinholes are sized and positioned so that detection chambers employed in conjunction with the subject systems (e.g., in conjunction with a removable cartridge that is inserted into the system, as described in further detail below) are in optical alignment with the pinholes.
- pinholes may be sized relative to the detection chambers in such a manner to reduce the negative effects of ⁇ stray light and associated optical density (OD) variance. Suitable sizes may include but are not limited to those presented above.
- the first and second pinhole diameter, and chief ray angle can be tuned to avoid stray light reflection from the structured wall of the detection chamber.
- the first and second pinhole plates are components of a cartridge that are received by a system ⁇ of the invention rather than the system per se.
- embodiments of the invention include first and second pinhole plates each having a single pinhole.
- systems include a mechanical positioning apparatus configured to adjust the position of the cartridge relative to the first and second pinhole plates such that each detection chamber of the cartridge may be irradiated at a ⁇ different time. Any convenient means, e.g., motors, may be employed in the mechanical positioning apparatus to facilitate such movement of the cartridge.
- Aspects of the disclosed light interrogation systems also include an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. The optical sensor of the light interrogation system may vary.
- Sensors of interest may include, but are not limited to, optical sensors or detectors, such as active-pixel sensors (APSs), avalanche photodiodes, image sensors, charge-coupled devices (CCDs), intensified charge-coupled devices (ICCDs), ⁇ light emitting diodes, photon counters, bolometers, pyroelectric detectors, photoresistors, photovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photomultiplier tubes (PMTs), phototransistors, quantum dot photoconductors or photodiodes and combinations thereof, among other detectors.
- optical sensors or detectors such as active-pixel sensors (APSs), avalanche photodiodes, image sensors, charge-coupled devices (CCDs), intensified charge-coupled devices (ICCDs), ⁇ light emitting diodes, photon counters, bolometers, pyroelectric detectors, photoresistors, photovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photomultiplier tubes (PMTs), phototransis
- the collected light is measured with a charge-coupled device (CCD), semiconductor charge-coupled devices (CCD), active pixel sensors (APS), complementary ⁇ metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensors or N-type metal-oxide semiconductor (NMOS) image sensors.
- the optical sensor is a multi-dimensional array of pixels that form part of a high-resolution photosensitive array.
- high-resolution refers to a resolution that equals or exceeds the resolution of standard lens-based optical microscopes. ⁇ The resolution of a standard lens-based optical microscopes is defined as the shortest distance between two points on a specimen that can still be distinguished by the observer or camera system as separate entities.
- Pixels per inch (PPI) or pixels per centimeter (PPCM) are measurements of the pixel density of the optical sensor.
- the resolution of the optical sensor is the count of pixels that contribute to the final image and is typically measured in megapixels ⁇ (meaning millions of pixels).
- a photosensitive array comprising 1280 x 720 pixels has 921,600 pixels or less than 1 mega pixel resolution
- a photosensitive array comprising 1920 x 1080 pixels has 2,073,600 pixels or about 2.1 mega pixel resolution.
- Micro-fabrication techniques e.g., photolithography and plasma deposition
- CCDs have ⁇ advantages for contact optical microscopy applications, including the ability to detect light over an exposed surface.
- full-frame architecture may be used to maximize the proportion of the chip available for imaging, but requires an external shutter to prevent image smearing during readout; whereas frame-transfer architecture avoids image smearing, but in the process requires a masked, non-photosensitive area of the parallel ⁇ register of about the same size as the photosensitive area of the parallel register, with the result that the imaging integrated circuit has about half the photosensitive area of a full-frame architecture.
- CMOS devices have alternative advantages for these applications, including less expensive fabrication, signal processing by electronic elements embedded in individual pixels, and the ability to read out independently-addressed pixel values individually without sequential transfer.
- thinned back-side illuminated arrays are used; though previously requiring expensive and complex fabrication methods, these may be fabricated cheaply using bonded wafer processes such as those that use silicon-on-insulator substrates ⁇ with a buried oxide layer as an etch-stop to yield a uniformly optimally thinned light-absorbing back layer (see as an example, U.S. Patent No.7,425,460, which is incorporated herein by reference).
- the multi-dimensional array of pixels may be light sensors or photodetectors formed of semiconductor materials used in very-large-scale or larger integrated circuits.
- the defining ⁇ property of a semiconductor material is that it can be doped with impurities that alter its electronic properties in a controllable way; in some embodiments, the array is formed substantially of a crystalline inorganic solid such as silicon; and in other embodiments the array is formed substantially of a compound semiconductor comprised of elements of at least two different species.
- the compound semiconductor may be comprised of elements in groups 13- ⁇ 15 (old groups III-V), for example of elements from group 13 (old group III, boron, aluminum, gallium, indium) and from group 15 (old group V, nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, bismuth).
- the range of possible formulae for the compound semiconductor may include binary (two elements, e.g., gallium (III) arsenide (GaAs)), ternary (three elements, e.g., indium gallium arsenide (InGaAs)), and quaternary (four elements, e.g., aluminum gallium indium phosphide ⁇ (AllnGaP)) alloys.
- the array of pixels are light sensors or photodetectors such as PD(s), e.g., a silicon photo PIN diode(s) having an undoped intrinsic semiconductor region sandwiched between a p-type semiconductor region and an n-type semiconductor region.
- the ⁇ spectral response of the multi-dimensional array of pixels may be in the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm. This provides the capability to cover a wide spectrum of LED wavelengths.
- the signals from the optical sensor provide information for each pixel of the image, which information includes, or can be derived to include, intensity, wavelength, and optical density. Intensity values may be assigned an arbitrary scale of, for example, 0 units to 4095 ⁇ units (“IVlJs”).
- Optical density is a measure of the amount of light absorbed relative to the amount of light transmitted through a medium; e.g., the higher the “OD” value, the greater the amount of light absorbed during transmission.
- OD may be quantitatively described in optical density units (“OD”) or fractions thereof; e.g., a MilliOD is a 1/1000 th of an OD.
- OD optical density units
- One “OD” unit decreases light intensity by 90%.
- “OD” or “MilliOD” as a quantitative value can be used for images acquired or derived by transmission light, for example, the transmission blue light.
- the information from the optical sensor is separated into multiple channels, for example, three channels, which provides particular utility for determining a four ⁇ part LDC.
- a first of the three channels may be directed toward information relating to light emitted from the sample at a first wavelength (e.g., 540 nm, which appears green).
- a second channel may be directed toward information relating to light emitted from the sample at a second wavelength (e.g., 660 nm, which appears red).
- a third channel may be directed toward information relating ⁇ to light passing through the sample at a third wavelength (e.g., 413 nm, which is used to determine blue optical density “OD”).
- a third wavelength e.g., 413 nm, which is used to determine blue optical density “OD”.
- Additional channels can be implemented to gather information at different wavelengths and/or ⁇ transmission values. That information, in turn, can be used to evaluate additional constituents within the sample and/or to increase the accuracy of the analysis. For example, in applications where it is desirable to further differentiate basophils within the sample, a fourth and a fifth channel can be added.
- the fourth channel can be directed toward information relating to light passing through the sample at a fourth wavelength (e.g., 540 nm), which is used to determine ⁇ green OD
- the fifth channel can be directed toward information relating to light passing through the sample at a fifth wavelength (e.g., 660 nm), which is used to determine red OD.
- a fourth wavelength e.g., 540 nm
- the fifth channel can be directed toward information relating to light passing through the sample at a fifth wavelength (e.g., 660 nm), which is used to determine red OD.
- the optical sensor is an optical spectrometer configured to measure properties over a portion or portions of the electromagnetic spectrum.
- the ⁇ optical spectrometer is a miniaturized optical spectrometer. Such miniaturized optical spectrometers are described in, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No.2017/0010154.
- systems include one or more optical filters configured to permit the collection of certain wavelengths of light. Various optical filters may be employed depending on the requirements for analyzing a particular analyte. In some cases, one or more bandpass ⁇ filters are included. In some cases, one or more low pass filters are included. In still further cases, one or more high pass filters are included.
- the one or more optical filters are comprised of some combination of bandpass filters, low pass filters and high pass filters.
- the one or more spectral filters are configured to remove the sample’s and consumable (i.e., cartridge) plastic’s auto-fluorescence.
- Optical filters of the instant disclosure include but are not limited to e.g., illumination filters having a center wavelength (CWL) in nanometers (nm) between 350 and 750 nm, including but not limited to e.g., between 350 and 450, between 350 and 400, between 400 and 450, between 450 and 550, between 450 and 500, between 500 and 550, between 550 and 650, between 550 and 600, between 600 and 650, between 650 and 750, between 650 and 700, between 700 and 750, about 409 nm, about 583 nm, about 475 nm, about 638 nm, about 535 nm, about 690 nm, and the like.
- CWL center wavelength
- Illumination filters of the instant disclosure also include but are not limited to e.g., illuminations filters having a full width have maximum (FWHM) in nm ⁇ ranging from 5 nm to 100 nm, including but not limited to e.g., about 5 nm to 10 nm, about 10 nm to 15 nm, about 15 nm to 20 nm, about 20 nm to 25 nm, about 25 nm to 30 nm, about 30 nm to 35 nm, about 35 nm to 40 nm, about 40 nm to 45 nm, about 45 nm to 50 nm, about 50 nm to 55 nm, about 55 nm to 60 nm, about 60 nm to 65 nm, about 65 nm to 70 nm, about 70 nm to 75 nm, about 75 nm to 80 nm, about 80 nm to 85 nm, about 85 nm to 90 nm, about 90
- an illumination filter as described herein may be characterized in having a particular combination of CWL and FWHM, including e.g., combinations of the CWL and the FWHM described above.
- an illumination filter of the subject disclosure may be characterized as having a 409 nm CWL and a 65 nm FWHM, 583 nm CWL and a 22 nm FWHM, 475 nm CWL and a 36 nm FWHM, 638 nm CWL and a 24 nm ⁇ FWHM, 535 nm CWL and a 18 nm FWHM, 690 nm CWL and a 25 nm FWHM, and the like.
- a multiple band filter is positioned in front of the second pinhole plate to narrow the band of incident light and reject any fluorescent signal from the fluidic sample or auto-fluorescent emission from the detection chamber so as to minimize the polychromatic radiation from the incident light source (e.g., LEDs).
- This may in some embodiments be ⁇ sufficient to increase the linearity of high absorbance to, e.g., 3 OD.
- a single band filter is located before each pinhole, which gives each detection chamber a signal band match with its characteristic absorption peak. For example, a 340 nm band filter of 10 nm FWHM can effectively measure NADH absorbance produced from a reaction to 3 OD and reject fluorescent emission radiation of 470 nm.
- systems include a notch filter configured to filter out stray light from the detection chambers.
- a notch filter weakens signals in a small range of frequencies and allows all other frequencies to pass through unchanged.
- the range of frequencies corresponds to the frequency or frequencies of light emitted by the light source, e.g., to prevent such light from becoming incident upon the optical sensor.
- the notch filter may be located between the first and second pinhole plates, such as between the detection chambers and the second pinhole plate. Alternatively, the notch filter may be employed between the second pinhole plate and the optical sensor.
- light interrogation systems include a fiber array that is optically coupled to one or more optical sensors.
- each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the second pinhole plate (or the single pinhole plate in the embodiment described below).
- the optical fibers may be comprised of an elongated structure ⁇ having a proximal and distal end, where the elongated structure is fabricated from a light transparent material that is configured for transmitting light from the proximal end to the one or more optical sensors.
- the fibers of the fiber array are bundled at their distal ends. This fiber bundle may then be optically coupled (e.g., via a suitable connector such as an SMA connector) to the optical sensors, e.g., such as those described above.
- the transparent material includes a glass material such as, but not limited to, silica (e.g., fused silica).
- the transparent material includes a polymeric material.
- the transparent material may include one or more materials such as, but not limited to, poly(methyl-methacrylate) (PMMA), polystyrene, and poly(perfluoro- butenyl vinyl ether) (CYTOP).
- PMMA poly(methyl-methacrylate)
- CYTOP poly(perfluoro- butenyl vinyl ether)
- the number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some ⁇ cases matched to the number of pinholes in the second pinhole plate.
- the number of optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20.
- Each optical fiber may include a coat/cladding and a light transparent core.
- the core ranges in diameter from 0.1 mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm.
- the coat ranges in diameter from 0.1 ⁇ mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1.5 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 0.7 mm.
- the fiber arrays optically coupled to the optical sensor(s) may also be comprised of light pipes.
- the light pipes may include a lumen and a coating to increase the amount of reflection of light waves travelling in the light pipes. In other embodiments, a coating is not included.
- the ⁇ light pipes may be made from any suitable material.
- the light pipe is made from a thermoplastic polymer.
- the thermoplastic polymer is polycarbonate.
- light pipes may be molded using an optically transparent material such as PMMA, CoC, Cop or glass.
- the number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some cases matched to the number of pinholes in the first ⁇ pinhole plate.
- the number of optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20.
- each light pipe is comprised of a light transparent core without cladding.
- the core may have various diameters to match with the pinholes that can range, e.g., from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm.
- the cross section of the light pipes are in ⁇ some embodiments circle or square.
- systems also include lenslet arrays for use with the fiber arrays optically coupled to the optical sensor(s).
- systems include fiber array plates. These elements are described above and may be adapted for use on the collection side in addition to or instead of the illumination side.
- FIG.3C-3E depict embodiments of the fiber arrays comprising light pipes.
- FIG.3C shows fiber array comprising light pipes 312 optically coupled to light source 311.
- Light pipes 312 are configured to irradiate detection chambers through individual pinholes (not shown) in first pinhole plate 313. Also shown is a fiber array comprising light pipes 315 configured to ⁇ collect light from individual pinholes (not shown) in second pinhole plate 314. The fiber array comprising light pipes 315 is optically coupled to optical sensor 316.
- FIG.3D presents an alternate view of the top of the same light interrogation system.
- FIG.3E illustrates light pipes that could be employed or adapted for use in the present systems.
- FIG.4A-4B depict a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the ⁇ invention.
- FIG.4A depicts a second pinhole plate 403 having pinholes through which detection chambers 401 may be irradiated.
- FIG.4B presents a profile view of the same system.
- the system includes first pinhole plate 402 positioned adjacent to the first light-accessible windows of the detection chambers 401 near inlets 405, and second pinhole plate 403 positioned adjacent to the second light-accessible windows of the detection chambers ⁇ 401 near outlets 406. Also shown is optical sensor 404.
- FIG.5A depicts components of a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the invention. As shown in FIG.5A, a cartridge with detection chambers 501 having inlets 505 and outlets 506 is located between pinhole plates 503 and 502 (described in greater detail above).
- FIG.5B depicts components of a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the invention.
- FIG.5B includes the same elements as those described above with respect to FIG.5A.
- micro-LED array 511 tapered optical mixing rod 512, diffuser 513, folding mirror 514, and condenser lens 515 are included.
- ⁇ spectral filters 510 which in this embodiment are band-pass or low-pass optical filters placed after the second pinhole plate 503 to remove the sample fluid’s (509) and cartridge plastic's auto-fluorescence.
- FIG.5C depicts components of a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the invention.
- FIG.5C includes the same elements as those described above with respect to FIG.5A, with the addition of light guide plate (LGP) 516 and edge-lit ⁇ micro LEDs 517.
- FIG.5D depicts micro-spectrometer 518 configured to receive light from the detection chambers 501.
- FIG.5E depicts a pinhole image 550.
- Region 551 is for intensity measurement (e.g., a mask).
- FIG.6A-6C present different light interrogation system arrangements configured to reduce stray light. Included are first pinhole plate 602, second pinhole plate 603, detection chambers 601, optical sensor 604, and notch filter 610.
- notch filter 610 is positioned between second pinhole plate 603 and optical sensor 604.
- notch filter 610 is positioned between first pinhole plate 602 and second pinhole plate 603, i.e., between detection chambers 601 and second pinhole plate 603.
- second pinhole plate 603 comprises light trap pocket 615 configured to prevent stray light from being collected by optical sensor 604.
- first pinhole plate 602 has pinholes of diameter ⁇ 1
- second pinhole plate 603 has pinholes ⁇ of diameter ⁇ 2.
- detection chambers 601 have diameter d’.
- first pinhole plate 602 and second pinhole plate 603 have thickness d1 and d2, respectively. The distance separating first pinhole plate 602 and second pinhole plate 603, which approximately corresponds to the thickness of the cartridge, is characterized by distance d3.
- light interrogation systems include a single pinhole ⁇ plate (i.e., as opposed to a first and second pinhole plate), and a reflector (e.g., mirror) configured to reflect light from each detection chamber back to the pinhole plate.
- the reflector may be comprised of any suitable reflective material.
- the detection chambers at one end are metalized or treated or coated to have a mirror finishing.
- systems include a mirror plate, e.g., above the top of the detection chambers.
- the single ⁇ pinhole plate may have any of the dimensions described above with respect to the first pinhole plate.
- the pinhole plate has a d/ ⁇ ratio (where d is the thickness of the pinhole plate, and ⁇ is pinhole diameter) of > 10, such as > 25. In some cases, such ratios may be sufficient to ensure collimated light through the pinhole.
- Systems according to such embodiments also include an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection ⁇ chamber of the plurality through the pinhole of the pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. The incident light fiber or light pipe collimates light through the pinhole to the bottom layer of the cuvette, then through the liquid sample. The light ray is reflected by the reflector and a sensor (or fiber or pipe optically coupled thereto) captures the reflected light through the same pinhole.
- FIG.20 presents an embodiment of a light interrogation system comprising a single ⁇ pinhole plate and a reflector.
- a fiber 2004 e.g., as part of a fiber array optically coupled to a light source; not shown
- Pinhole plate 2002 has a thickness d, and the pinholes have a diameter ⁇ . In the embodiment of FIG.20, the ratio of d/ ⁇ is > 10. Although this is not explicitly shown, the above-described arrangement may be instantiated for each of the pinholes of pinhole plate ⁇ 2002, as desired.
- a processor is operably connected to an optical sensor, a light source, and a memory having instructions stored thereon which, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to calculate an absorbance from the cartridge.
- cartridges of the invention include a plurality of detection chambers. Accordingly, ⁇ the processor may be configured to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality. In some cases, calculating the absorbance includes calculating an average intensity of incident light from the light source.
- the system may be configured to, for example, measure the average intensity of the first pinhole plate for each detection chamber before a cartridge is ⁇ loaded into the system.
- the processor may additionally be configured to calculate an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality. Such can include measuring light intensity again after a cartridge comprising sample fluid has been inserted into the system.
- the processor may be additionally configured to deactivate the light source and calculate a dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the ⁇ plurality.
- the processor may calculate the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
- the processor is configured to calculate the absorbance for each detection ⁇ chamber as follows: where ⁇ is the absorbance, ⁇ ⁇ is the average intensity of incident light from the light ⁇ source, ⁇ ⁇ is the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and ⁇ ⁇ is the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
- the processor is configured to repeat the calculation of the absorbance for each detection chamber until an absorbance change is measured.
- the ⁇ absorbance measured above is considered starting absorbance at a first time point.
- the processor may repeat the absorbance calculation until a significant absorbance change is measured at a later time point.
- the processor is configured to calculate an analyte concentration based on a rate of change of the absorbance.
- the processor is configured to calculate the rate of change as follows: ⁇ where ⁇ is the rate of change, ⁇ ⁇ is the absorbance calculated at a time point ⁇ ⁇ when the significant absorbance change is measured, and ⁇ ⁇ is a first absorbance calculated at a time point ⁇ ⁇ .
- a sequence of absorbance Ai is measured at time point Ti during the reaction and use linear regression curve fitting to calculate ROC.
- the absorbance of the single or multiple wavelengths is read directly from the sensor (e.g., spectrometer) for absorbance calculation.
- An alternative is to capture the entire absorbance spectrum, e.g., 340nm to 850 nm. In some cases, this provides more data than a single wavelength to calculate the concentration of the product of the reaction.
- the systems and methods of present disclosure may employ analyses using imaging or ⁇ signal analysis, algorithms for assisting image or signal analysis, and cutoffs.
- the analyzing performed e.g., to extract one or more density distribution feature values, fluorescent intensity, will vary and may include where the density distribution feature is or is not based on a color feature of the image.
- density distribution feature values may be color feature values or non-color feature values.
- Color feature values will generally depend on image information ⁇ extracted from one or more color channels of the image which is influenced by the color staining of the specimen.
- Non-color feature values may be derived from image information extracted from the overall image or a portion thereof regardless of color mode (e.g., color, grayscale, binary, etc.) of the image, or one or more color channels, but is generally not influenced by any color staining of the specimen.
- Density distribution feature values extracted from density distribution features will be indicative, either alone or in combination, of the density distribution of cells of the specimen and/or whether the image or region (ROI) analyzed contains a morphology assessment area or sample detection region. Accordingly, one or more morphology assessment area(s) of a specimen may be identified based on one or more extracted density distribution feature values.
- density distribution features analyzed in the subject methods will include those density distribution features that may be automatically extracted from digital images and analyzed to identify one or more morphology assessment area(s) of a specimen that can be used in an assessment performed by an automated digital cell morphology analyzer.
- useful numbers of ⁇ individual density distribution feature values of such combinations will vary and may range from 2 to 20 or more, including but not limited to 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 2 to 20, 3 to 20, 4 to 20, 5 to 20, 6 to 20, 7 to 20, 8 to 20, 2 to 15, 3 to 15, 4 to 15, 5 to 15, 6 to 15, 7 to 15, 8 to 15, 2 to 10, 3 to 10, 4 to 10, 5 to 10, 6 to 10, 7 to 10, 8 to 10, 2 to 9, 2 to 8, 2 to 7, 2 to 6, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, etc.
- Combinations of multiple density distribution feature values may include those derived exclusively from non-color features, exclusively from color features, or a combination of color ⁇ and non-color features.
- Useful density distribution features of a specimen will vary and may include but are not limited to e.g., the density of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the density of cells within an image or ROI, the variation in the density of cells between images or ROIs, the size of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the size of cells within an image or ROI, the ⁇ variation in the size of cells between images or ROIs, the shape of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the shape of cells within an image or ROI, the variation in the shape of cells between images or ROIs, the pallor of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the pallor of cells within an image or ROI, the variation in the pallor of cells between images or ROIs, the color of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the color of cells within an ⁇ image or ROI, the variation in the color of cells between images
- useful density distribution features include but are not limited to e.g., a cell count, a coefficient of variation (CV) index for a cell count, a cell size, a CV index for a cell size, an index defining a cell shape, a CV for an index for a cell shape, an index defining central pallor of the cell, an ⁇ index defining cell color, a count of overlapping cells, and combinations thereof.
- Extracting density distribution feature values from an image or a ROI, according to the subject methods may include one more image processing steps which may employ one or more image processing algorithms.
- Useful image processing steps may include but are not limited to e.g., splitting channels of a multichannel image, generating one or more image masks ⁇ (e.g., a foreground mask, a color mask, a threshold mask, a combined mask (e.g., a combined color and foreground mask), etc.), space filing or hole closing (e.g., hole closing in a generated mask), noise filtering, segmentation (e.g., cell segmentation), and the like.
- Image processing steps generally include the processing of digital images, which may vary and may be in binary (e.g., black and white), grayscale or color formats. Images of various ⁇ formats may further be converted between formats, as desired, by suitable image processing algorithms.
- a color image may be “split” into individual color channels to produce individual grayscale images for each color channel.
- a red, green and blue image (RGB) image may be split into individual red, green and blue channels to produce a grayscale image of the red channel, a grayscale image of the green channel and a grayscale image of the ⁇ blue channel.
- Color images may be converted between color spaces and split into any convenient and appropriate color channels of a particular color space including but not limited to e.g., RGB color space, CMYK color space, HSV color space, CIE color space, Lab color space, CIELUV color space, YCbCr color space, and the like.
- Binary images and grayscale images may be applied to a channel of a color image and, e.g., where multiple binary or grayscale images are applied to multiple channels of a color image, a color image may be constructed, or “merged”, from binary and/or grayscale images.
- a color image is split into individual color channels to produce grayscale images
- an individual grayscale image may ⁇ be referred to by its prior channel designation, e.g., a grayscale image produced from the red channel may be referred to as “red” in subsequent steps and/or any values generated from the “red” channel may be referred to by their prior channel designation, e.g., the mean “red” intensities refers to the mean intensity values derived from the grayscale image produced from the red channel.
- digital color images may be processed as color images (i.e., as multichannel images) or may be converted or split into two or more individual color channels prior to processing.
- any number of the resulting split images may be used in further processing steps including but not limited to all the ⁇ split images (i.e., all the individual channels of the image) or only one of the split images (i.e., only one of the individual channels of the image) or one or more, including but not limited to two or more, three or more, two, three, etc. of the split images (i.e., the individual channels of the image).
- Digital color or monochrome images may be segmented prior to processing.
- the terms “segmented” and “segmentation” as they relate to image processing generally refer to the division or partitioning of an image into meaningful structures or segments.
- Various methods for image segmentation may find use in the methods described herein or in preparation of an image for processing according to the methods as described herein. Selection of a particular segmentation method or combination of segmentation methods will depend on ⁇ various factors including the type of image captured, the nature of subject matter of the image, the desired result of the image processing, the color or monochrome features used, the desired density distribution feature value(s) to be extracted, etc.
- image segmentation may make use of one or more of threshold based segmentation, edge based segmentation and region based segmentation.
- Specific ⁇ image segmentation methods include but are not limited to thresholding methods, clustering methods, compression-based methods, histogram-based methods, edge detection methods, dual clustering methods, region-growing methods, partial differential equation-based methods (e.g., parametric methods, level set methods, fast marching methods, etc.), variational methods, graph partitioning methods (e.g., Markov Random Fields methods), watershed ⁇ transformation methods, model based segmentation methods, multi-scale segmentation methods, semi-automatic segmentation methods, trainable segmentation methods, and the like.
- Other digital image processing image transformations that may find use in the described methods include but are not limited to e.g., point processing transformations (e.g., negative transform, log transform, inverse log transform, nth root transform, nth power transform, gamma correction, contrast transforms (e.g., contrast stretching), window center correction, histogram equalization, etc.), filtering (i.e., neighbor) transformations (e.g., mean filters, Gaussian filters, median filters, image gradient filters, Laplacian filters, normalized cross correlation (NCC) ⁇ filters, etc.), and the like.
- Embodiments of the system of the invention may comprise any convenient power supply that provides operating power to the system components, and such may vary depending on the desired use environment or use cases.
- the system receives power, i.e., ⁇ electrical power that is distributed throughout the system, i.e., via wired connections.
- the system is configured to receive power via an external source, such as, for example, a wall outlet or the like, via an electrical cord and plug.
- the system comprises a power supply unit configured to modulate electrical power received from an external source into a configuration capable of being utilized by the components of the system, e.g., one or ⁇ more rectifier circuits, transformers or the like.
- the system comprises a battery unit such that the system does not need to be tethered to an external power source, e.g., a wall outlet.
- the battery unit may comprise a battery that is a onetime use battery or a rechargeable battery.
- the battery may be recharged using any convenient protocol, including, but not limited to, wireless charging protocols such as inductive ⁇ charging.
- the system may have a battery life ranging from 0.1 hours to 120 days, from 14-30 days, from eight hours to 30 days, from eight hours to 12 days, from 12 hours to 24 hours, from 0.5 to ten hours.
- Some embodiments are configured to receive power from both an external source as well as a battery unit.
- one or more cartridges may comprise a dedicated power source; however, more typically cartridges receive ⁇ power via the sample fluid analysis system, e.g., via a wired electrical connection to the sample fluid analysis system.
- embodiments of the invention include one or more processors or controllers and associated memories operably coupled thereto. Processors of the invention may be used to carry out various functions of the system, e.g., as described in greater detail ⁇ above.
- memories operably coupled to the processor may comprise instructions stored thereon, which when executed by the one or more processors or controllers, cause the one or more processors or controllers of the sample fluid analysis system to control one or more aspects of the sample analysis performed by the system.
- the one or more memories are located within the system. In other cases, one or more memories are ⁇ present on or within the cartridge. In such cases, the instructions on these memories may be executed by the processor when the cartridge is received within the housing of the system.
- Control units/processors of embodiments of the sample fluid analysis system (and/or one or more cartridges) may be configured to, for example, control internal timing, perform various algorithms, result calculations and to operate the hardware components, e.g., mechanical components, of the system, including, e.g., controlling interfacing between the housing and one or more cartridges removably coupled to the housing. Any convenient processor and memory may be used in embodiments of the subject ⁇ systems, including embodiments of sample fluid analysis system or cartridges.
- the processor may comprise a general purpose processor or a controller or microcontroller or other processor configured to control aspects of the system, or combinations thereof.
- the processor and memory are operably connected to each other.
- Such ⁇ operable connection may take any convenient form such that instructions and data may be obtained by the processor by any convenient input technique, such as via a wired or wireless network connection, Bluetooth® connections, shared memory, a bus or any other functionally similar communication protocol.
- systems according to some embodiments may include a display and ⁇ operator input device. Operator input devices may, for example, be a keyboard, mouse, a touchscreen, a keypad or the like.
- embodiments of the sample fluid analysis system include, and in some cases, embodiments of a cartridge may also include, a processing module comprising one or more processors, which have access to one or more memories having instructions stored thereon for controlling aspects of the system, i.e., the ⁇ sample fluid analysis system and cartridge(s), to perform sample analysis.
- the processing module may include an operating system, a graphical user interface (GUI) controller, a system memory, memory storage devices, input-output controllers, cache memory, a data backup unit and many other aspects.
- GUI graphical user interface
- Processors may be commercially available processors or maybe one or more other processors that are or will become available.
- the processor executes the ⁇ operating system and the operating system interfaces with firmware and hardware in a well- known manner, and facilitates the processor in coordinating and executing the functions of various computer programs that may be written in a variety of programming languages, such as Java, Perl, C++, other high-level or low-level languages, as well as combinations thereof, as is known in the art.
- the operating system typically in cooperation with the processor, coordinates ⁇ and executes functions of the other components of the processing module.
- the operating system also provides scheduling, input-output control, file and data management, memory management, and communication control and related services, all in accordance with known techniques.
- the processor may be any suitable analog or digital system.
- the processor includes analog electronics which provide feedback control, such ⁇ as for example negative feedback control.
- the memory of the processing module may be any of a variety of known or future memory storage devices. Examples include any commonly available random-access memory (RAM), magnetic medium such as a resident hard disk or tape, an optical medium such as a read and write compact disc, flash memory devices, or other memory storage device.
- RAM random-access memory
- the memory storage device may be any of a variety of known or future devices, including a compact disc drive, a tape drive, a removable hard disc drive, or a diskette drive.
- Such types of memory storage devices typically read from, and/or write to, a program storage medium such ⁇ as, respectively, a compact disc, magnetic tape, removable hard disc, or floppy diskette. Any of these program storage media, or others now in use or that may later be developed, may be considered a computer program product.
- program storage media typically store a computer software program and/or data.
- Computer software programs also called computer control logic
- typically are stored in system memory and/or the program ⁇ storage device used in conjunction with the memory storage device.
- a computer program product is described having a computer usable medium having control logic (computer software program, including program code) stored therein.
- the control logic when executed by a processor, causes the processor to perform functions described herein, including, for example, controlling aspects of a sample fluid ⁇ dilution.
- some functions are implemented primarily in hardware using, for example, a hardware state machine. Implementation of the hardware state machine so as to perform the functions described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant arts. Further details regarding computer-controlled systems are provided below.
- Systems may further include, for example, a communication connector unit (e.g., a ⁇ universal serial bus (USB) connector and associated circuitry) to communicate any relevant data, e.g., results of a specimen analysis, to a remote device, such as a personal computer, laptop, PDA, cellular phone, smartphone, set-top box, etc.
- a communication connector unit e.g., a ⁇ universal serial bus (USB) connector and associated circuitry
- USB universal serial bus
- the communication connector may be of any of the following ⁇ technologies, or family of technologies (but not limited thereto): USB, FireWire, SPI, SDIO, RS- 232 port, or any other suitable electrical connector to allow data communication between the sample fluid analysis system and a remote device.
- the communication connector unit provides the capability to communicate with a remote device having an appropriate interface to operatively couple with the communication connector.
- the communication ⁇ connector is configured to communicate with a smartphone, such as an iPhone or Samsung Galaxy or the like.
- more than one communication connector unit may be implemented on the system, e.g., multiple communication units on the sample fluid analysis system and/or one or more cartridges.
- the term “communication connector” is used in this ⁇ disclosure to represent any variety of connection interfaces, e.g., male or female connection interfaces. Using USB as an example, the communication connector may be any of the variety of USB plugs or USB receptacles/ports.
- USB receptacles are typically located on computer and other devices
- a corresponding USB plug used as a communication connector will enable the sample fluid analysis system, cartridge, sample collection device or other aspect of a system of the present disclosure, as applicable, to be plugged directly into the USB receptacle, avoiding the use of cables.
- the appropriate USB receptacle may be used on an aspect of the system to enable communication using a USB cable (similar to many other ⁇ devices such as digital cameras, smartphones, smartwatches, etc.).
- the communication connector unit may in some instances implement a wireless technology, in which case the connection interfaces would be corresponding transmitters, receivers, and/or transceivers.
- Various functional features may be performed using the communication connector unit.
- the communication connector may be used to transfer data from the system to a remote device.
- a remote device may store the data and/or further process the data and/or combine the data with other additional information.
- the data may include more than just analyte measurements and may also include such things as user settings/preferences, logged data, rate of change of analyte level, and/or the exceeding of a threshold analyte level, etc.
- the sample fluid analysis system may be configured to store and/or further process and/or combine such data with other additional information.
- a remote device may also communicate data, e.g., raw data or any additional data (e.g., further processed data), via a separate communication channel (wired or wirelessly) to a second remote device, e.g., at a physician’s office, hospital, or third-party site, depending on ⁇ the application environment of the system.
- the second remote device may be, for example, a personal computer, laptop, PDA, smartphone, set-top box, etc.
- data may be transferred from the sample fluid analysis system to a user’s personal computer, stored therein, and then transmitted to a distant server at a hospital via an internet connection on the personal computer.
- a physician at the hospital may then access and review the data on the server.
- the sample fluid analysis system may be configured to receive a program update from a remote device via the communication connector unit.
- the communication connector unit is coupled to the housing of the sample fluid analysis system.
- the communication connector is not required to be on the sample fluid analysis system, in some instances, the communication connector may be ⁇ included as part of the sample fluid analysis system so that each additional cartridge does not require the additional cost of a communication connector. If the sample fluid analysis system includes a communication connector of a first technology (e.g., USB plug), then additional cartridges have the option of including additional capabilities such as, for example, a new wireless communication protocol.
- a remote device such as that described above, includes a network interface which connects it to a network (e.g., the internet).
- a user interface application operated by the remote device may provide a user with the option to view data on a monitor, to store data on storage media (e.g., CD-ROM, memory card, etc.), further analyze and/or manipulate data, transmit data to another device), and/or print out data such as charts, reports, etc., on a printer.
- Remote devices may also include a network interface (e.g., network interface card (NIC), modem, router, RF front end, etc.) used to connect the remote device to a network.
- NIC network interface card
- NIC network interface card
- modem modem
- router RF front end, etc.
- a sample fluid analysis system may couple via a USB ⁇ connection to the remote device which may be a personal computer or laptop connected to the internet using a wireless interface.
- a sample fluid analysis system may couple via a micro USB connection to a remote device which is a smartphone having an RF front end to access a mobile network.
- User interface applications provide a user interface for using the network connection of the remote device, e.g., to forward data to a physician, ⁇ hospital, health provider, and/or other third party located at a second remote device on network. Appropriate action may then be taken by the receiving party at the second remote device.
- systems include a display unit coupled to its housing. Display units may be configured to include a display and/or a display port for coupling a monitor to the system.
- the display unit may display aspects of results of sample analysis determined using ⁇ aspects of the system, which may include any desired analytical result that the system is configured to determine, such as, for example, analyte concentration, rate of change of analyte concentration, and/or the exceeding of a threshold analyte concentration.
- the display unit may be configured to include a dot-matrix display.
- other display types such as liquid-crystal displays (LCD), plasma displays, light-emitting diode ⁇ (LED) displays, or seven-segment displays, among others, may alternatively be used.
- the display may be monochromatic (e.g., black and white) or polychromatic (i.e., having a range of colors).
- the display unit can be configured to provide an alphanumeric display, a graphical display, a video display, an audio display, a auditory or vibratory output or combinations thereof.
- the display unit can also be configured to provide, for example, information related to ⁇ a sample analysis, such as a current analyte concentration, as well as predictive aspects, such as predictive analyte concentrations, such as trending information.
- a display unit can be configured to include a touchscreen display where a user may enter information or commands via the display area using, for example, a stylus, finger, or any other suitable input device, such as, for example, where the touchscreen is ⁇ configured as a user interface in an icon or motion driven environment, for example.
- a system of the present disclosure including a touch screen may include the same functions and basic design as a system of the present disclosure without a touchscreen.
- a touchscreen system would include a larger display unit compared to the display unit of a system without a touchscreen in order to accommodate the extra area required ⁇ for any touchscreen buttons that may be used.
- the system does not have a display (i.e., is display-less).
- the system may include input elements coupled to its housing that enable the user to make entries, selections, etc. (In certain instances, a cartridge may also include input elements coupled to its housing.)
- a touchscreen may be employed with or without input elements.
- embodiments of the subject systems may be configured to receive a cartridge, e.g., comprising one or more detection chambers.
- the housing may comprise ⁇ therein the functional elements of the system.
- Embodiments of devices, and in particular, embodiments of housings of devices may have any convenient shape and size, and such may vary, e.g., based on an intended application environment or use environment for the system or, for example, a desired throughput of the system. That is, it should be understood that the housing may have a variety of shapes depending on particular design considerations.
- embodiments of systems may be utilized in a plurality of different contexts, including, but not limited to, home environments, point of care environments, ambulance environments, emergency room environments, doctor’s office environments, pharmacy environments, small clinics or pop-up clinics, hospital lab environments or core lab environments. Accordingly, the size and shape of embodiments of systems may be determined ⁇ to suit the desired environment.
- An aspect of the desired environment for use of embodiments of systems of the present disclosure is the number of sample analyses, e.g., determining one or more analyte levels across a number of samples, that can be performed in a fixed amount of time and/or the number of sample analyses that can be performed concurrently.
- the device in certain home environments, it may be desired that the device be configured to run only one ⁇ sample analysis at a time, whereas in certain core lab environments, it may be desired that the system be configured to run one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, tens, hundreds or thousands or more sample analyses concurrently.
- the size and/or shape of an embodiment of a system may be dictated by the number of sample analyses that can be performed concurrently by an embodiment of the ⁇ device.
- embodiments capable of performing a plurality of sample analyses concurrently may be configured to receive and concurrently hold a plurality of cartridges and/or a plurality of sample collection devices.
- Embodiments of housings may be configured to hold 1 or more cartridges concurrently, such as 1 cartridge, 2 cartridges, 3 cartridges, 4 cartridges, 5 cartridges, 6 cartridges, 7 cartridges, 8 cartridges, 9 cartridges, 10 cartridges, 20 cartridges, 30 cartridges, 40 cartridges, 50 cartridges, 100 cartridges or 500 or more cartridges.
- Embodiments of systems may be configured to receive one or more samples concurrently, such as 1 sample, 2 samples, 3 samples, 4 samples, 5 samples, 6 samples, 7 samples, 8 ⁇ samples, 9 samples, 10 samples, 20 samples, 30 samples, 40 samples, 50 samples, 100 samples or 500 or more samples.
- sample fluid analysis systems and cartridges may be configured to perform one or more sample analyses (i.e., determining level(s) of one or more analytes of one or more samples) concurrently, such 1 sample analysis at a time, 2 sample analyses concurrently, 3 sample analyses concurrently, 4 sample analyses ⁇ concurrently, 5 sample analyses concurrently, 6 sample analyses concurrently, 7 sample analyses concurrently, 8 sample analyses concurrently, 9 sample analyses concurrently, 10 sample analyses concurrently, 20 sample analyses concurrently, 30 sample analyses concurrently, 40 sample analyses concurrently, 50 sample analyses concurrently, 100 sample analyses concurrently, or 500 or more sample analyses concurrently.
- sample analyses i.e., determining level(s) of one or more analytes of one or more samples
- embodiments of ⁇ devices and cartridges may be configured to determine, with respect to one sample, 1 analyte level at a time, 2 analyte levels concurrently, 3 analyte levels concurrently, 4 analyte levels concurrently, 5 analyte levels concurrently, 6 analyte levels concurrently, 7 analyte levels concurrently, 8 analyte levels concurrently, 9 analyte levels concurrently, 10 analyte levels concurrently, 20 analyte levels concurrently, 30 analyte levels concurrently, 40 analyte levels ⁇ concurrently, 50 analyte levels concurrently, 100 analyte levels concurrently, or 500 or more analyte levels concurrently.
- embodiments of systems and cartridges may be configured to determine a level of a single analyte with respect to 1 sample at a time, 2 samples concurrently, 3 samples concurrently, 4 samples concurrently, 5 samples concurrently, 6 samples concurrently, 7 samples concurrently, 8 samples concurrently, 9 samples concurrently, ⁇ 10 samples concurrently, 20 samples concurrently, 30 samples concurrently, 40 samples concurrently, 50 samples concurrently, 100 samples concurrently, or 500 or more samples concurrently.
- the shape of the housing approximates a rectangular cube.
- the housing comprises a portion configured to be gripped by a user at the point-of-care ⁇ (e.g., in a manner similar to the i-STAT ® device described above).
- housings of the invention may be manufactured from any suitable material.
- housings include one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials.
- polymeric materials include acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polylactic acid (PLA), acrylic styrene acrylonitrile (ASA), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PETG), polyaryletherketones (PAEK), polyetherimides (PEI), polypolycarbonate (PC), polypropylene, (PP), aliphatic polyamides (PPA), polyoxymethylene (POM), polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyphenylsulfone (PPSU), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), ⁇ and nylon as well as composites and hybrids thereof.
- ABS acrylonitrile butadiene styrene
- PLA polylactic acid
- ASA acrylic styrene acrylonitrile
- PET polyethylene terephthalate
- PET glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate
- Embodiments of systems may be configured to be substantially sealed such that contents of samples and/or contents of cartridges are disposed of in one or more waste disposal locations of the and are not otherwise emitted from, i.e., leaked out of, the system.
- the system is substantially sealed such that substances cannot enter the primary ⁇ device and/or cartridges and/or other aspects of systems other than through dedicated entry points, such as a substance entering the sample fluid analysis system from a cartridge via the cartridge interface, for example.
- the system may be configured for self- cleaning of certain aspects of the system and in some cases one or more cartridge types may be configured to facilitate such self-cleaning functionality.
- ⁇ Housings of interest are configured to receive a cartridge.
- the housing may be configured to internally receive the cartridge in any suitable manner.
- the housing includes a receptacle, such as a slot (i.e., port) having dimensions suitable for receiving the cartridge.
- the housing may comprise a bay of one or more cartridge receptacles, in some cases, with one or more covers over the receptacles. Covers ⁇ may be manufactured from transparent material so that a user can easily determine whether and/or which receptacles of a cartridge bay are occupied by a cartridge or by a particular type of cartridge.
- the housing may include a retractable stage configured to be actuated between an extended position and a retracted position. When the stage is in the extended position, a user may place the cartridge on the stage.
- the housing is configured such that the cartridge such is only insertable in a single orientation (i.e., in a poka-yoke design). Put another way, the housing is configured so that, if the cartridge were inserted in an orientation that is different than the designated orientation, a user would be unable to insert the cartridge (e.g., without destroying either the cartridge or the housing).
- different types of cartridges and the associated receptacles of the cartridge interface may be shaped or sized such that only specific cartridge types can be loaded into a dedicated receptacle of the cartridge interface.
- different types of cartridges and the associated receptacles of the cartridge interface comprise other physical or mechanical features, such as pins or other keying techniques, that prevent cartridges other than a specific ⁇ type of cartridge from being loaded into a dedicated cartridge receptacle.
- a specific type of cartridge may be shaped with a chamfered cross section such that a receptacle of the cartridge interface cannot receive the cartridge unless it also comprises a similar chamfered cross section.
- the housing may be configured to interface with the cartridge when said cartridge is received therein.
- interface it is meant connect in a functional and signal-communicating relationship with the cartridge.
- Cartridge interfaces may comprise at least one receptacle and are configured to functionally interconnect the sample fluid analysis system with the cartridge, ⁇ i.e., such that one or more contents of the cartridge are made functionally available to the sample fluid analysis system in connection with performing sample analysis. Therefore, cartridge interfaces may comprise, for example, one or more mechanical interconnections with the cartridge (e.g., gears, push rods, other mechanical engagement features, etc.), electrical interconnections with the cartridge (e.g., wired or wireless connections), fluidic interconnections ⁇ (e.g., tubing or other fluidic paths) with the cartridge or any other interconnection necessary for the contents of the cartridge to be functionally available to the sample fluid analysis system.
- mechanical interconnections with the cartridge e.g., gears, push rods, other mechanical engagement features, etc.
- electrical interconnections with the cartridge e.g., wired or wireless connections
- fluidic interconnections ⁇ e.g., tubing or other fluidic paths
- devices of the invention may be configured to cause the various functions that will be described in greater detail below to be carried out within the cartridge (e.g., sample fluid metering, sample fluid separation, mixing, etc.).
- devices of the invention may be ⁇ configured to emit to and receive signals (e.g., electrical signals, optical signals/light) from the cartridge for interrogating a sample fluid within the cartridge.
- signals e.g., electrical signals, optical signals/light
- systems include a mechanical positioning apparatus, which may in some instances be used to adjust the location of the cartridge within the system.
- the mechanical positioning apparatus may be configured to adjust the position of the cartridge such that every detection chamber is optically aligned with at least one pinhole at some point in time, e.g., so contents of said detection chamber may be optically interrogated.
- the housing is configured to mechanically hold or fix the cartridge in place.
- the cartridge and the housing ⁇ are configured to utilize spring loading to hold the cartridge in place.
- the housing may comprise a cartridge interface with a receptacle with flexible members, e.g., tabs, configured to grip or press into the sides of a cartridge as the cartridge is loaded into the housing.
- the housing and a cartridge are configured to utilize gravity or magnetic interactions or other mechanical, e.g., spring, interactions or the like to hold the ⁇ cartridge in place.
- the cartridge may be latched or otherwise fixed or locked into place, e.g., by a user or by a robotic feature.
- any convenient number of latches or locks may be provided.
- the housing and the cartridge are configured to utilize a press-fit engagement between the cartridge and the housing.
- the physical interfaces i.e., the physical interface of the housing and the physical interface of a cartridge, ⁇ may be removably coupled to one another by incorporating any of a variety of releasably engaging mechanisms, e.g., snap, slide, magnetic, Velcro, clasp, hook, hinge, lock, latch, etc.
- the physical interfaces, as well as the overall housing of the aspects of the system may be form fitted to provide a close fit for sturdy coupling, as well as to provide other functional features, e.g., portability, when coupled as a single unit.
- the housing may be configured to enable add-on capability.
- the housing may be configured to enable adding one or more additional cartridge ⁇ interfaces such that the sample fluid analysis system can interface with different types of cartridges and/or more than one cartridge simultaneously. That is, embodiments of systems of the present disclosure are modular at least insofar as the housing is configured to add on the capacity to receive different and/or additional cartridges, e.g., to add one or more additional cartridge interfaces to the sample fluid analysis system.
- a cartridge ⁇ interface of a housing may be reconfigurable such that, upon reconfiguration, it is capable of receiving different types of cartridges.
- the cartridge interface may be configured to receive an adaptor that allows different or additional types of cartridges to interface with the housing when the adaptor is used.
- embodiments of housing are used in conjunction with one or more ⁇ cartridges, i.e., the housing may be configured to interface with one or more cartridges.
- the housing and the one or more cartridges are removably coupled to one another. Therefore, in this disclosure, references to the cartridge(s) removably coupled to the housing; references of the sample fluid analysis system removably coupled to the cartridge(s); references to the housing and cartridge(s) removably coupled; and references to ⁇ one or more cartridges being loaded into, or received by, the housing, or similar phrases, are used interchangeably.
- a single cartridge may be ⁇ loaded into the housing, and in other cases, more than one cartridge may be loaded into the housing.
- Loading a cartridge into the housing may comprise inserting the cartridge into the housing, i.e., such that one face of the cartridge is completely or substantially exposed to the housing.
- causing a sample fluid analysis system to interface with a cartridge comprises applying a connector or interface between an aspect of the cartridge and an aspect ⁇ of the housing.
- Such connector or interface may comprise any convenient mechanical and/or electrical and/or fluidic interconnections or any other functional interconnections such that the contents of the cartridge are made available to the housing in connection with performing sample analysis.
- systems may be configured to indicate a required cartridge type for ⁇ performing a specific sample analysis, e.g., for determining a level of a specific analyte in a specific type of sample.
- the system may comprise a display unit for displaying a type of cartridge that is required to be loaded into the sample fluid analysis system for performing a specific type of sample analysis.
- the system may be configured to provide an indication that a cartridge is loaded into the housing, or, in some cases, that a specific type of cartridge is loaded into the housing.
- the device may comprise an indicator element; e.g., the housing or a cartridge interface thereof, may comprise an indicator element configured to indicate whether a cartridge is loaded into the ⁇ housing and/or the type of cartridge that is loaded into the sample fluid analysis system and/or a status of the cartridge loaded into the housing (e.g., a level or some resource present within the cartridge) and/or any other information pertinent to conducting sample analysis using the device.
- Indicator elements may comprise one or more indication lights, such as LEDs, or display interfaces, for example.
- Any convenient technique may be utilized in order to identify ⁇ the presence and/or the type of cartridge loaded into a sample fluid analysis system, including, for example, mechanical techniques (e.g., keying or a unique pin structure associated with different types of cartridges) or electronic techniques (e.g., digital encodings stored on a non- volatile memory, RFID techniques or other wireless identifiers, magnetic encodings, etc.) or optical techniques, such as bar codes, 2D bar codes or other optical identifiers capable of being ⁇ read by a camera present on the sample fluid analysis system, for example, or combinations thereof.
- mechanical techniques e.g., keying or a unique pin structure associated with different types of cartridges
- electronic techniques e.g., digital encodings stored on a non- volatile memory, RFID techniques or other wireless identifiers, magnetic encodings, etc.
- optical techniques such as bar codes, 2D bar codes or other optical identifiers capable of being ⁇ read by a camera present on the sample fluid analysis system, for example,
- Embodiments of systems of the invention may utilize any convenient technique for identifying whether a cartridge is loaded into the sample fluid analysis system and/or the type of cartridge that has been loaded into the sample fluid analysis system, such as, for example, one ⁇ or more mechanical/physical indicators (e.g., a specific pattern or pins, tabs or the like may be present on a cartridge and an opposing pattern of such element may be present on the receptacle of the cartridge interface of the sample fluid analysis system), or one or more electrical indicators (e.g., an indicator electrode, magnetic encoding, software identifier utilized in conjunction with a processor and memory of the system, wireless communication, RFID ⁇ identification or the like), or one or more optical indications (e.g., a bar code or a 2D bar code and a camera configured, in conjunction with a processor and memory of the system to identify the presence of a cartridge and/or the type of cartridge loaded into the sample fluid analysis system).
- one ⁇ or more mechanical/physical indicators e.g., a specific pattern or pins
- aspects of the invention also include methods of analyzing a sample fluid.
- aspects of the invention include introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers, inserting the cartridge into a light interrogation system (e.g., described above), and irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the ⁇ light source to analyze the sample fluid.
- methods include introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers each comprising a first light-accessible window configured to permit entry of light, and a second light-accessible window configured to permit an exit of the light.
- Methods may additionally include inserting the cartridge into a sample fluid analysis system of the invention (e.g., described above).
- the sample fluid e.g., blood
- the sample fluid may be added to the cartridge either before the cartridge is inserted to the system or after the cartridge is inserted into the system.
- methods include introducing the sample fluid into ⁇ the cartridge before the cartridge is inserted into the system.
- methods include introducing the sample fluid into the cartridge after the cartridge is inserted into the system.
- methods include irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the light source, and calculating an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality to analyze the sample fluid (e.g., using one or more of the equations/algorithms described above).
- one or more cartridges are typically used and consumed in connection with performing a single sample analysis of a sample, e.g., determining an analyte level of a sample. That is, typically one or more cartridges will be loaded into the sample fluid analysis system prior to initiating sample analysis by the system and will remain present, e.g., latched or locked or otherwise loaded into ⁇ place, in the sample fluid analysis system until the system has completed the desired sample analysis, after which its contents may be depleted, or otherwise consumed, and the cartridge needs to be removed.
- a single cartridge may be utilized in connection with more than one sample analysis.
- Detection chambers for use in the subject cartridges may be any microfluidic component configured for the analysis (e.g., optical analysis) of a sample.
- Exemplary detection chambers include, but are not limited to, microcuvettes.
- at least a subset of the detection chambers in the plurality comprise one or more reagent spheres/beads comprising a dried ⁇ reagent.
- the dried reagent may be, e.g., lyophilized or printed reagents.
- the reagents are configured to dissolve quickly, as described in US patent 5,413,732, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- at least a subset it is meant that a plurality—although not necessary all—of the detection chambers include reagent beads.
- some (e.g., 1, 2, 3) of the detection chambers include no reagent or reagent ⁇ bead, such as where it is desirable for those detection chambers to serve as a control in an assay.
- some (e.g., 1, 2, 3) of the detection chambers include a reagent bead that does not include any dried reagent, such as where it is desirable for those detection chambers to serve as a control in an assay.
- the reagent beads are microparticles having a general shape such as spherical, cylinder, cube, ⁇ dodecahedron, elliptical, or other regular or irregular shapes.
- the reagent beads are formed of a polymer such as a latex, glass, silica, or polystyrene.
- the reagent beads are formed of a magnetic material such that they exhibit magnetic properties when placed in a magnetic field with no residual magnetism once removed from the magnetic field.
- the reagent beads may have a diameter, width and/or length from about 0.1 ⁇ m to about 35 ⁇ m, from about 0.1 ⁇ m to about 20 ⁇ m, or from about 0.1 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m.
- the reagent beads may be coated with a reagent capable of binding a target antigen in a sample.
- the reagent may comprise an antibody, an antibody fragment, an ionophore, an ⁇ enzyme, a set of enzymes, a peptide with a cleavable detectable moiety, an optical marker dye identifying a type of assay bead, and/or combinations thereof.
- the cartridge is pre-filled with reagents and is ready to use.
- all or a portion of the reagents may be present.
- the devices may need to be stored in appropriate conditions to preserve the reactivity of the reagents. For example, ⁇ depending on the reagents present, the devices may need to be stored in a refrigerator or a freezer before use. When the reagents are not sensitive to room temperature, the devices may be stored at room temperature.
- the one or more dry reagents may in certain embodiments comprise a one or more non-fluorescent or fluorescent dyes such as Eosin, Methylene Blue, Acridine Orange (also ⁇ referred to as “Basic Orange 15” or “ACO”), or Astrazon Orange (also referred to as "AO” or Basic Orange 21), a component to bind to nucleic DNA in cells (e.g., blood cells such as WBCs), an anticoagulant, an antibody, an antibody fragment, an ionophore, an enzyme, a set of enzymes, a peptide with a cleavable detectable moiety, a substrate, an optical marker dye identifying a type of assay bead, and/or combinations thereof.
- a non-fluorescent or fluorescent dyes such as Eosin, Methylene Blue, Acridine Orange (also ⁇ referred to as "Basic Orange 15" or “ACO”), or Astrazon Orange (also referred to as "AO” or Basic Orange 21)
- cartridges are designed for assaying clinical chemistry panels in a blood sample.
- the clinical chemistry panels refer to groups of tests that are routinely ordered to determine a subject’s general health status.
- the clinical chemistry panels include metabolic panels.
- the clinical chemistry panels help evaluate, for example, the body's electrolyte balance and/or the status of several major body organs.
- the assays ⁇ are performed on a blood sample, usually drawn from a vein. Examples of clinical chemistry panels that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, basic metabolic panel (BMP), comprehensive metabolic panel (CMP), electrolyte panel, lipid panel, liver panel, renal panel, and thyroid function panel.
- BMP basic metabolic panel
- CMP comprehensive metabolic panel
- electrolyte panel electrolyte panel
- lipid panel lipid panel
- liver panel renal panel
- thyroid function panel thyroid function panel
- the basic metabolic panel includes 8 tests, all of which are found in the CMP.
- the BMP provides information about the ⁇ current health of kidneys and respiratory system as well as electrolyte and acid/base balance and level of blood glucose.
- the CMP measurement is used for liver and kidney health, level of blood glucose, acid/base balance in blood, fluid and electrolyte balance, and important blood proteins.
- the CMP measures glucose, calcium, total amount of albumin and globulins, bilirubin, BUN (blood urea nitrogen), creatinine, albumin, sodium, potassium, ⁇ bicarbonate, chloride, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), alanine transaminase (ALT), and aspartate aminotransferase (AST).
- the electrolyte panel is used to detect a problem with the body’s fluid and electrolyte balance.
- the electrolyte panel measures the blood levels of carbon dioxide, chloride, potassium, and sodium.
- the lipid panel is used to assess a subject’s risk of developing cardiovascular disease.
- the lipid panel measures the amount of cholesterol and other fats in blood, such as total cholesterol, LDL (low-density lipoprotein), HDL (high-density lipoprotein), and triglycerides.
- the liver panel (hepatic function panel) is used to screen for, detect, evaluate, and monitor acute and chronic liver inflammation ⁇ (hepatitis), liver disease and/or damage.
- the liver panel measures different enzymes, proteins, and other substances made by liver.
- the liver panel includes albumin, total protein, ALP, ALT, AST, gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), bilirubin, Lactate dehydrogenase (LD), Prothrombin time (PT).
- the renal panel includes tests such as albumin, creatinine, BUN, eGFR to evaluate kidney function.
- the thyroid Function Panel is ⁇ used to evaluate thyroid gland function and to help diagnose thyroid disorders.
- the thyroid function panel measure thyroid hormone such as thyroxine (T4), triiodothyronine (T3), and thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH). In some cases, a high TSH level indicates that the thyroid gland is not making enough thyroid hormone (primary hypothyroidism).
- TSH level usually indicates that the thyroid is producing too much thyroid ⁇ hormone (hyperthyroidism).
- finding of an elevated TSH and low free T4 (FT4) or free T4 index (FTI) indicates primary hypothyroidism due to disease in the thyroid gland.
- a low TSH and low FT4 or FTI indicate hypothyroidism due to a problem involving the pituitary gland.
- a low TSH with an elevated FT4 or FTI is found in individuals who have hyperthyroidism.
- reagents comprise one or more of the following: 2,4,6-Tribromo-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (TBHBA), 2-Chloro-4-nitrophenyl-a-maltotrioside (CNPG3), 2-Methyl-4-isothizolin-3-one hydrochloride (MIT), 4,7,13,16,21-Pentaoxa-1,10-diazabicyclo[8.8.5]tricosane (Kryptofix 221), ⁇ 4-Aminoantipyrine hydrochloride, Adenosine 5’-diphosphate, Adenosine 5’-triphosphate, ⁇ - ketoglutaric acid, Amylase, Arsenazo III, sodium salt, Ascorbate oxidase (Cucurbita spp.), Bilirubin oxidase, Bromcresol purple, Calcium acetate, Creatine amidinohydrolase (Actinobac
- sample refers to fluid sample containing or suspected of containing an analyte of interest.
- the sample may be derived from any suitable source.
- the sample may comprise a liquid, fluent particulate solid, ⁇ or fluid suspension of solid particles.
- the sample may be processed prior to the analysis described herein.
- the sample may be separated or purified from its source prior to analysis; however, in certain embodiments, an unprocessed sample containing the analyte may be assayed directly.
- the source of the analyte molecule may be synthetic (e.g., produced in a laboratory), the environment (e.g., air, soil, fluid samples e.g., water ⁇ supplies, etc.), an animal, e.g., a mammal, a plant, or any combination thereof.
- the source of an analyte is a human bodily substance (e.g., bodily fluid, blood, serum, plasma, urine, saliva, sweat, sputum, semen, mucus, lacrimal fluid, lymph fluid, amniotic fluid, interstitial fluid, lung lavage, cerebrospinal fluid, feces, tissue, organ, or the like).
- Tissues may include, but are not limited to skeletal muscle tissue, liver tissue, lung tissue, kidney tissue, ⁇ myocardial tissue, brain tissue, bone marrow, cervix tissue, skin, etc.
- the sample may be a liquid sample or a liquid extract of a solid sample.
- the source of the sample may be an organ or tissue, such as a biopsy sample, which may be solubilized by tissue disintegration/cell lysis.
- a wide range of volumes of the fluid sample may be analyzed.
- the sample volume may be about 0.5 nL, about 1 nL, about 3 nL, about 0.01 ⁇ L, about 0.1 ⁇ L, about 1 ⁇ L, about 5 ⁇ L, about 10 ⁇ L, about 50 ⁇ L, about 100 ⁇ L, about 1 mL, about 5 mL, about 10 mL, or the like.
- the volume of the fluid sample is between about 0.01 ⁇ L and about 10 mL, between about 0.01 ⁇ L and about 1 mL, between about 0.01 ⁇ L and about 100 ⁇ L, between about 0.1 ⁇ L and about 10 ⁇ L, between about 1 ⁇ L and about ⁇ 100 ⁇ L, between about 10 ⁇ L and about 100 ⁇ L, or between about 10 ⁇ L and about 75 ⁇ L.
- the sample may undergo pre-analytical processing. Pre-analytical processing may offer additional functionality such as nonspecific protein removal and/or effective yet cheaply implementable mixing functionality.
- pre-analytical processing may include the use of electrokinetic trapping, AC electrokinetics, surface acoustic waves, isotachophoresis, dielectrophoresis, electrophoresis, or other pre-concentration techniques known in the art.
- the fluid sample may be concentrated prior to use in an assay.
- the source of an analyte molecule is a human body fluid (e.g., blood, serum)
- the fluid may be concentrated by precipitation, evaporation, filtration, centrifugation, or a combination thereof.
- a fluid sample may be concentrated about 1-fold, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 10-fold, about 100-fold, or greater, prior to use.
- a sample of the present disclosure is whole blood.
- Samples for hematology are typically whole blood.
- the whole blood sample consists of red blood cells, white blood cells, and platelets suspended in a protective yellow liquid known as plasma.
- samples for immunoassays and clinical chemistry assays are typically serum or plasma.
- the whole blood sample is obtained from a subject.
- the subject is a living subject, including an animal and a human.
- a sample of the present disclosure is venous blood.
- venous blood refers to a sample of blood taken from a certain vein and checked for specific substances released by nearby organs and tissues. A higher-than-normal amount of a substance can be a sign of disease in the organ or tissue.
- venous blood is collected by a venous blood sampling process.
- a needle is inserted into a vein to collect a sample of blood for testing.
- a sample of the present disclosure is capillary blood.
- capillary blood or “capillary sample” refers to a blood sample collected by pricking the skin. Capillary blood is generally obtained by pricking a finger in adults and a heel in infants and small children. Capillaries are tiny blood vessels near the surface of the skin. Capillary ⁇ plasma typically contains higher concentrations of proteins, calcium and chloride, and lower levels of potassium, sodium, and urea nitrogen compared to venous plasma.
- a sample of the present disclosure is plasma.
- plasma refers to the colorless fluid part of blood, lymph, or milk, in which corpuscles or fat globules are suspended.
- plasma is the blood's liquid component and is made up ⁇ of water, proteins, waste products, minerals, clotting factors, immunoglobulins, carbon dioxide and hormones.
- the method for separating plasma from blood is well known in the art.
- plasma is produced when whole blood is collected in tubes that are treated with an anticoagulant. The blood does not clot in the plasma tube, thereby the cells are removed by centrifugation. The supernatant, designated plasma is carefully removed from the cell pellet using a Pasteur pipette.
- a sample of the present disclosure is serum.
- serum refers to the watery, clear portion of an animal fluid or plant sap.
- blood serum refers to an amber-colored, protein-rich liquid that separates out when blood coagulates.
- serum includes, but not limited to, blood serum, serous (or serosal) fluid secreted by the serous glands, and plant sap.
- the method for separating serum from blood is well known in the art.
- the blood serum is collected after whole blood is allowed to clot. The clot is removed by centrifugation, ⁇ and the resulting supernatant, designated serum, is carefully removed using a Pasteur pipette.
- providing a sample comprises transferring the sample from a sample collection vessel to the inlet(s) via a sponge stick sampler.
- the providing a sample comprises transferring the sample from a sample collection vessel to the inlet(s) via a Vacutainer®.
- a sample collection device is used to collect a ⁇ sample from a subject and provide the sample to the device of the present disclosure.
- the sample collection device is inserted directly into the device to provide a sample.
- a sample in a sample collection vessel is poured into the inlet of the device.
- one or more sample collection devices are, not limited to, syringes, sterile containers, standard urine collection vessels, sponge stick samplers, microsampling ⁇ devices, micro-needles, or other minimally invasive pain-free blood collection devices; blood collection tube(s); lancets; capillary blood collection tubes; other single fingertip-prick blood collection devices, 16-gauge or other size needles, or the like.
- a number of devices are presently available for collecting, handling and storage of whole blood or other fluids.
- blood collection devices include such as micro sampling devices, ⁇ micro-needles, or other minimally invasive pain-free blood collection devices; blood collection tube(s); lancets; capillary blood collection tubes; other single fingertip-prick blood collection devices and the like.
- the blood collection device includes a phlebotomy needle connected through tubing to one end of a sample pouch. The tubing is connected to the ⁇ opposite end of the sample pouch and communicates the sample pouch with a blood bag. With this device, blood from the subject passes through the first tubing, the sample pouch and then through the second tubing into the blood bag. When the blood bag is full, the tubing closest to the bag is clamped off. This is described in U.S.
- the collected blood in the sample pouch is transported to a ⁇ sample holding chamber of the system of the present disclosure.
- the blood collection device may comprise an integrated double- ended needle which is well known in the art.
- U.S. Patent No.5,086,780 incorporated by reference herein, which discusses a blood collection device comprising a double-ended needle which is sheathed before use and safely re-sheathed after use, thereby reducing the risk of accidental needle wounds and resultant infections to a minimum.
- This blood collection device also serves as a holder of blood collection tubes during sample taking, with the collection tubes being easily inserted and removed through the rear bore opening of ⁇ the device.
- a sample collection device of the present disclosure is a capillary collection device.
- the capillary collection device is, but not limited to, a lancing ⁇ device/lancet device and a finger stick.
- the lancing device is for obtaining a blood sample from a finger or at an alternate site of a subject. Exemplary lancing devices are described in U.S. Patent No.8,152,826 and U.S. Patent No.8,556,827; which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the lancing device described in U.S. Patent No.8,556,827 ⁇ comprises a lancet and a torsion spring coupled to the lancet through a lancet holder.
- the torsion spring includes inner, middle, and outer rings which are concentrically configured, a plurality of activation spring arms which connect the middle and outer rings and a plurality of return spring arms which connect the inner and middle rings.
- the plurality of activation and return spring arms can be independently transformed between energized and de-energized ⁇ states using a single, button-shaped mechanism. Rotation of the mechanism is used to energize the activation and return spring arms.
- a blood sample from a subject is drawn by medical laboratory scientists, medical practitioners, some emergency medical technicians, paramedics, phlebotomists, and other nursing staff. The blood sample is then collected into an evacuated ⁇ tube.
- one or more evacuated tubes containing blood samples are transported to the system of the present disclosure.
- the tubes contain a variety of additives or none at all.
- whole blood sample needs to be mixed with EDTA, which chelates calcium to prevent it clotting, unless the clotting time is the test to be measured, in which case citrates are used.
- EDTA chelates calcium to prevent it clotting
- citrates are used.
- the majority of biochemistry tests are performed ⁇ on serum, and, consequently, either a plain tube or a clotting accelerator is used.
- some assays may also require whole blood but are interfered with by EDTA and in this case Lithium Heparin is a suitable alternative. Procedures for sample collection by phlebotomists are well known in the art.
- a sample of the present disclosure is a cerebrospinal fluid.
- cerebrospinal fluid CSF
- cerebrospinal fluid refers to a clear fluid that surrounds and protects the brain and spinal cord.
- the analysis for cerebrospinal fluid may look for proteins, sugar (glucose), and other substances.
- the method for collecting cerebrospinal fluid is well known in the art.
- cerebrospinal fluid is usually obtained through a lumbar puncture (spinal tap). During the procedure, a needle is inserted usually between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertebrae and the CSF fluid is collected for testing.
- a sample of the present disclosure is saliva.
- saliva refers to watery liquid secreted into the mouth by glands, providing lubrication ⁇ for chewing and swallowing, and aiding digestion.
- Saliva consists of 99% water and 1% protein and salts. The method of collecting saliva is well known in the art.
- saliva sample can be refrigerated for up to a week before it needs to be added to the stabilizing fluid in the tube.
- a sample of the present disclosure is urine.
- urine refers to a watery, typically yellowish fluid stored in the bladder and discharged through the urethra.
- Urine is one of the body's chief means of eliminating excess water and salt, and also contains nitrogen compounds such as urea and other waste substances removed from the blood by the kidneys. Collecting a urine sample is well known in the art. In exemplary embodiments, either a "first-catch" or a "mid-stream" sample of urine is collected in a ⁇ completely sterile container. The first-catch urine sample is the first part of the urine that comes out. The mid-stream urine is for reducing the risk of the sample being contaminated with bacteria from hands, or the skin around the urethra or the tube that carries urine out of the body. In some embodiments, the collected urine sample may be stored in a fridge at 4 °C less than 24 hours in a sealed plastic bag.
- the urine sample is used for ⁇ infections such as urinary tract infection (UTI), some sexually transmitted infections (STIs) such as chlamydia in men, or kidney damage, such as ACR test.
- a sample of the present disclosure is interstitial fluid.
- ISF interstitial fluid
- lymph tissue fluid
- tissue fluid refers to clear fluid that occupies the space between the cells in the body or fluid found in the spaces around cells. It ⁇ comes from substances that leak out of blood capillaries. Interstitial fluid helps bring oxygen and nutrients to cells and to remove waste products from them. As new interstitial fluid is made, it replaces older fluid, which drains towards lymph vessels.
- ISF interstitial fluid
- a sample of the present disclosure is intestinal fluid.
- Intestinal fluid or gastrointestinal fluid contains, for example electrolytes, bile salts, lipids and lipid digestion products, cholesterol, proteins, enzymes plus other components and may also vary depending upon the anatomical location (stomach vs small intestine vs colon).
- the method of collecting intestinal fluid samples is well known in the art.
- the intestinal fluid can be collected through a nasojejunal tube and be made into capsules using the freeze- dried powder method.
- a sample of the present disclosure is a sample collected from nasal swabs.
- a sample of the present disclosure is a sample collected from throat swabs.
- a sample of the present disclosure is a sample collected from vaginal swabs. Nasal swabs, throat swabs, and vaginal swabs are well known in the art.
- a sample includes respiratory specimen.
- the respiratory specimen includes, but not is limited to, nasal swab, throat swab, sputum, tracheal/bronchial secretion, and bronchial lavage fluid.
- respiratory sampling includes upper respiratory materials and lower respiratory secretions.
- the upper respiratory materials comprise nasal swab, throat swab, and the like.
- ⁇ the lower respiratory secretions comprise sputum, tracheal/bronchial secretion, bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, and the like.
- the sputum is collected by well-known process in the art.
- tracheal/bronchial secretion is collected by inserting suction catheter as deeply as possible and aspirating secretion, which is well known in the art.
- bronchoalveolar lavage fluid is collected by use of bronchoscopy, which is well known in the art.
- a sample includes any tissue obtained from a subject.
- a sample includes any cell obtained from a subject.
- the subject is any living subject including a human.
- tissues may include, but are not limited to skeletal muscle tissue, liver tissue, heart tissue, lung tissue, pancreas tissue, adipose tissue, stomach tissue, gastrointestinal tract tissue, colon tissue, kidney tissue, myocardial tissue, brain tissue, breast tissue, nerve tissue, bone marrow, cervix tissue, skin, etc.
- cells may include, but are not limited to skeletal muscle cells, liver cells, heart cells, lung cells, pancreas cells, adipose cells, stomach cells, gastrointestinal tract cells, colon cells, kidney cells, myocardial cells, brain cells, breast cells, nerve cells, bone marrow cells, cervix cells, skin cells, etc.
- the sample is tumor or cancer cells.
- the sample includes, but is not limited to, brain cancer cells, liver cancer cells, pancreas cancer ⁇ cells, lung cancer cells, breast cancer cells, kidney cancer cells, metastatic cancer cells, ovarian cancer cells, colorectal cancer cells, bladder cancer cells, thyroid cancer cells, lymphoma cells, cervical cancer cells, gynecologic cancer cells, head and neck cancer cells, mesothelioma cells, myeloma cells, skin cancer cells, prostate cancer cells, uterine cancer cells, vaginal and vulvar cancer cells, and the like.
- the source of the sample may be an organ or tissue, such as a biopsy sample, which may be solubilized by tissue disintegration/cell lysis.
- a sample may be processed prior to performing immunoassay on the sample.
- the sample may be concentrated, ⁇ diluted, purified, amplified, etc.
- one or more analytes in a sample may be measured, detected, or assessed by a device of the present disclosure.
- the sample may be any test sample containing or suspected of containing an analyte.
- analyte As used herein, "analyte”, “target analyte”, and “analyte” are used interchangeably and refer to the analyte being measured in the devices ⁇ disclosed herein. Examples of analytes provided herein are for illustrative purposes and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure.
- Blood cells and blood cell types that may be detecting by the systems, devices and methods disclosed herein include, without limitation, red blood cells, hemoglobin, white ⁇ blood cells (including neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, and basophils), platelets, reticulocytes, and nucleated red blood cells.
- Various measurements of different blood components may be performed, including, but not limited to, cell count, cell size, cell complexity, granularity, hematocrit, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, and mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration.
- the above disclosed ⁇ measurements may be performed using stain independent methods in the absence of histological staining.
- the analyte may be a pathogen, a prion protein, a cancer cell, a blood component, or a biomolecule.
- the pathogen is, but not limited to, a virus, a bacterium, a fungus, or a protozoan.
- ⁇ the prion protein may arise from a sporadic prion disease, a genetic prion disease, or an acquired prion disease.
- the cancer cell may be a cancer cell from a tumor or a circulating tumor cell.
- the blood component may be red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, or proteins found in the blood.
- a biomolecule may be a metabolite, a macromolecule, a protein, or a chemical compound. Any combination of analytes ⁇ may be measured by the assays of the methods and systems of the present disclosure.
- assays of the present disclosure can be used to determine the presence or absence of an analyte in a sample or measure the amount of an analyte in a sample to identify or assess a disease or condition.
- Measurements of an analyte can be used, for example, but not by way of limitation, determine the likelihood of developing a disease or ⁇ condition; diagnose, identify, or classify a disease or condition; estimate prognosis; determine the extent of a disease or condition; determine appropriate treatment; predict response of a disease or condition to treatment; monitor response of a disease or condition to treatment; determine treatment efficacy; and identify recurrence of a disease or condition.
- the analytes/properties to which the sensors respond may be selected from among particles (e.g., blood cells or microparticles), human chorionic gonadotropin, pH, partial pressure, CO 2 , partial pressure O 2 , glucose, lactate, creatinine, urea, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, magnesium, phosphate, hematocrit, prothrombin time (PT), activated partial ⁇ thromboblastin time (APTT), activated clotting time (ACT), D-dimer, prostate-specific antigen (PSA), creatine kinaseME (CKMB), brain natriuretic peptide (BNP), troponin I (Tni), cardiac troponin (cTni), human chorionic gonadotrophin, troponin T, troponin C, myoglobin, neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (NGAL), galectin-3, prostate-specific antigen (PSA), parathyroid hormone (PTH), galectin-3,
- an optical sensor is configured to convert light received from cells within a portion of the imaging chamber to an output signal
- a processor connected to the optical sensor is configured to convert the output signal to a number count or percentage for each type of cell in the blood sample.
- a differential blood cell count is a ⁇ measurement of a number or percentage of each type of cell (e.g., white blood cells (WBCs)) that is in a whole blood sample.
- WBCs white blood cells
- Cell types include erythrocytes and leukocytes and platelets. Imaging can distinguish various types of leukocytes including neutrophils, lymphocytes, granulocytes, eosinophils, basophils and monocytes.
- the differential blood cell count may also reveal if there are any abnormal or immature cells.
- the analytes/properties are ⁇ tested in a liquid sample that is whole blood, however other samples can be used including blood, serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva and amended forms thereof. Medical diagnostics often include analyses of a whole blood sample from a patient.
- CBC complete blood count
- reticulocyte counts reticulocyte counts
- LDC leukocyte differential count
- WBCs white blood cells
- a differential blood cell count includes: (i) identifying the cells, for example white blood cells, within the sample residing within the chamber; (ii) quantitatively analyzing at least some of the ⁇ identified cells within the image relative to one or more predetermined quantitatively determinable features; and (iii) identifying at least one type of cell from the identified cells using the quantitatively determinable features.
- the algorithm utilizes a set of identifying features, each of which features is distinguishable from the other features and each of which is quantitatively determinable from ⁇ an image of the sample.
- Each WBC can be characterized by the presence or absence of certain identifying features, and/or by quantitative information associated with certain features.
- the present invention is described herein in terms of an exemplary set of identifying features that can be used to selectively identify and distinguish WBCs. This set is not inclusive of all possible features, and therefore the present invention is not limited to this particular set.
- an exemplary set of identifying features includes those entitled: Cell, Nucleus, number of Lobes, Cell Area, Nucleus ⁇ Area Ratio of Large Granules, Ratio of Nucleus, Red-Green Ratio, Nucleus Shape, Cell Shape, Nucleus Brightness, Cytoplasm Brightness, Average Cell Absorption at a Given Wavelength, Nucleus Texture, Cytoplasm Texture, Cell Absorption Texture at a Given Wavelength, Nucleus Hollowness, and Cytoplasm Hollowness; each of which is described in U.S. Patent Publication No.2012/0034647, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- certain ⁇ features directly provide information about a particular cell (e.g., Nucleus Shape).
- a feature e.g., Cell Area
- the identifying features are based on quantifiable characteristics such as light intensity, light color. OD, area, and relative position (e.g., shape).
- the colors may be ⁇ created by one or more fluorescent colorants admixed with the sample, which upon excitation, produce fluorescent light emission at particular wavelengths associated with particular colors.
- ACO is a fluorescent dye that, when mixed with a whole blood sample, selectively stains constituents within the sample; e.g., white blood cells, platelets, reticulocytes, and nucleated red blood cells.
- the ACO permeates through the respective WBC and stains its DNA and RNA
- the color(s) emitted by the dye within the WBC arc a function of a number of factors, including: the quantity of RNA ⁇ and DNA within the dye, the concentration of the dye in the constituent, and the pH of the constituent.
- the present invention is not limited to using ACO, and other dyes (e.g., Astrazon Orange) may be used in place of ACO or in combination with ACO.
- one or more analytes may be a cell such as a circulating tumor cell.
- the analyte is a biological cell (e.g., mammalian, avian, reptilian, other vertebrate, insect, yeast, bacterial, cell, etc.).
- the analyte may be ⁇ an infectious agent, such as a bacterium (e.g., Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Staphylococcus aureus, Shigella dysenteriae, Escherichia coli O157:H7, Campylobacter jejuni, Listeria monocytogenes, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella O8, and Salmonella enteritidis), virus (e.g., retroviruses (such as HIV), herpesviruses, adenoviruses, lentiviruses, Filoviruses (e.g., West Nile, Ebola, and Zika viruses), hepatitis viruses (e.g., A, B, C, D, and
- one or more analytes are tumor or cancer cells.
- a cancer cell may be directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the ⁇ cancer cell is detected.
- the presence of a cancer cell may be detected by a change or mutation in a nucleic acid sequence of the cancer cell, including, but not limited to, a SNP, an insertion, a deletion, a chromosome translocation, or gene amplification.
- a cancer cell may be detected by detecting the presence of tumor or cancer markers associated with the cancer cell.
- a cancer cell may be detected by detecting the ⁇ expression of receptors associated with a cancer cell.
- a cancer cell may be indirectly detected, e.g., metabolic markers associated with the cancer cell can indicate the presence of the cancer cell.
- types of cancer cells that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, carcinoma cells, leukemia cells, lymphoma cells, ⁇ myeloma cells, sarcoma cells, central nervous system cancer cells, and mesothelioma cells.
- Bone Cancer includes Ewing Sarcoma and Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma
- Brain Tumors Breast Cancer, Cervical cancer, Colorectal Cancer, Endometrial Cancer (Uterine Cancer), Esophageal Cancer, Head and Neck Cancer, Hepatocellular (Liver) Cancer, Hodgkin Lymphoma, Kidney (Renal ⁇ Cell) Cancer, gynecologic cancer cells, vaginal and vulvar cancer cells, Leukemia, Lung Cancer (Non-Small Cell, Small Cell, Pleuropulmonary Blastoma, Pulmonary Inflammatory Myofibroblastic Tumor, and Tracheobronchial Tumor), Lymphoma, Melanoma, Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasms, Neuroblastoma, Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma, Ovarian Cancer, Pancreatic Cancer, Prostate Cancer, Skin Cancer, Testi
- Markers ⁇ of cancer include, but are not limited to, ALK gene rearrangements and overexpression, Alpha- fetoprotein (AFP), B-cell immunoglobulin gene rearrangement, BCL2 gene rearrangement, Beta-2-microglobulin (B2M), Beta-human chorionic gonadotropin (Beta-hCG), Bladder Tumor Antigen (BTA), BRCA1 and BRCA2 gene mutations, BCR-ABL fusion gene (Philadelphia chromosome), RAF V600 mutations, C-kit/CD117, CA15-3/CA27.29, CA19-9, CA-125, CA ⁇ 27.29, Calcitonin, Carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), CD19, CD20, CD22, CD25, CD30, CD33, Chromogranin A (CgA), Chromosome 17p deletion, Chromosomes 3, 7, 17, and 9p21, Circulating tumor cells of epithelial origin (CELLSEARCH), Cytokeratin fragment
- types of cancer cells that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include gastric cancer cells (e.g., HGC-27 cells); non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) cells, colorectal cancer cells (e.g., DLD-1 cells), H23 lung adenocarcinoma cells, Ramos cells, ⁇ T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL) cells, CCRF-CEM cells, acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cells (e.g., HL60 cells), small-cell lung cancer (SCLC) cells (e.g., NCI-H69 cells), human glioblastoma cells (e.g., U118-MG cells), prostate cancer cells (e.g., PC-3 cells), HER-2- overexpressing human breast cancer cells (e.g., SK-BR-3 cells), pancreatic cancer cells (e.g., Mia-PaCa-2)).
- gastric cancer cells e.g., HGC-27 cells
- one or more analytes is a virus.
- the virus is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the virus is detected.
- the virus is indirectly detected, e.g., detection of anti-virus antibodies produced by a subject can indicate the presence of a virus, or the presence of a virus induces hemagglutination in blood.
- viruses that may be detected by the assays of the ⁇ present disclosure include animal, plant, fungal and bacterial viruses.
- viruses that may be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include those which impact animals, especially mammals, in particular humans and domestic animals.
- viruses that may be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, Papovaviruses, e.g. polyoma virus and SV40; Poxviruses, e.g. vaccinia virus ⁇ and variola (smallpox); Adenoviruses, e.g., human adenovirus; Herpesviruses, e. g. Human Herpes Simplex types I and II; Parvoviruses, e.g. adeno associated virus (AAV); Reoviruses, e.g., rotavirus and reovirus of humans; Picornaviruses, e.g.
- Papovaviruses e.g. polyoma virus and SV40
- Poxviruses e.g. vaccinia virus ⁇ and variola (smallpox)
- Adenoviruses e.g., human adenovirus
- Herpesviruses e
- poliovirus including the alpha viruses (group A), e.g. Sindbis virus and Semliki forest virus (SFV) and the flaviviruses (group B), e.g. dengue virus, yellow fever virus and the St. Louis encephalitis virus; ⁇ Retroviruses, e. g. lentiviruses, HIV I and II, Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and mouse leukemia viruses; Rhabdoviruses, e.g. vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV) and rabies virus; Paramyxoviruses, e.g.
- mumps virus measles virus and Sendai virus
- Arena viruses e.g., lassa virus
- Bunyaviruses e.g., bunyawere (encephalitis)
- Coronaviruses e.g. common cold, GI distress viruses
- Orthomyxovirus e.g., influenza
- Caliciviruses e.g., Norwak virus, Hepatitis E virus
- Filoviruses e.g., Ebola virus and Marburg virus
- Astroviruses e.g. astrovirus, among others.
- viruses include, but are not limited to, Sin Nombre virus, influenza (especially H5N1 influenza), Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV1 and HSV-2), Coxsackie virus, ⁇ Human immunodeficiency virus (I and II), Andes virus, Dengue virus, Epstein-Barr virus (mononucleosis), Variola (smallpox) and other pox viruses, West Nile virus, hepatitis viruses (e.g., A, B, C, D, and E), HPV, SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19), CMV, Parvovirus B19, Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Zika Virus, Chikungunya Virus, Babesia, Malaria, and Usutu virus.
- one or more analytes may be a bacterium.
- the ⁇ bacterium is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the bacterium is detected.
- the bacterium is indirectly detected, e.g., detection of anti-bacteria antibodies produced by a subject can indicate the presence of bacteria, or the presence of bacterial enzyme activity products can indicate the presence of bacteria.
- bacteria that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, ⁇ Achromobacter denitrificans, Achromobacter xylosoxidans, Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, Actinomyces israelii, Aerococcus christensenii, Aeromonas hydrophile, Aeromonas sobria, Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans, Alcaligenes faecalis, Alistipes onderdonkii, Anaerococcus vaginalis, Anaeroglobus geminatus, Arcanobacterium haemolyticum, Arcanobacterium pyogenes, Arthrobacter cumminsii, Atopobium vaginae, ⁇ Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus cereus, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus sphae
- one or more analytes may be a fungus.
- the ⁇ fungus is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the fungus is detected.
- the fungus is indirectly detected, e.g., a cell wall component of a fungus released into the blood can indicate the presence of the fungus.
- fungi that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, fungi from a fungal genera selected from the group consisting of Candida, Aspergillus, Rhyzopus, ⁇ Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Pneumocystis, Stachybotrys, Sporothrix, Trichophyton, Microsporum, Blastomyces, Mucoromycotina, Coccidioides, Exserohilum, Cladosporium, Coccoides, Encephalitozoon, Encephalitozoon, Fusarium, Lichtheimia, Mortierella, Malassezia, Prototheca, Pythium, Rhodotorula, Fusarium, Thielaviopsis, Verticillium, Magnaporthe, Sclerotinia, Ustilago, Rhizoctonia, Puccinia, Armillaria, Botrytis, Blumeria, Mycosphaerella, ⁇
- fungal species that can be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, Candida albicans, C. glabrata, C. parapsilosis, C. tropicalis, and C. auris; Cryptococcus neoformans and C. gattii; Coccidioides immitis and C. posadasii; Histoplasma capsulatum; Blastomyces dermatitidis; and Pneumocystis jirovecii. ⁇
- one or more analytes may be a protozoa.
- the protozoan is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the protozoan is detected. In other cases, the protozoan is indirectly detected, e.g., a metabolic product of the protozoan can indicate the presence of the protozoan.
- classes of protozoa that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, ⁇ Plasmodium (malaria), Leishmania (leishmaniasis), Trypanosoma (sleeping sickness and Chagas disease), Cryptosporidium, Giardia, Toxoplasma, Babesia, Balantidium and Entamoeba.
- protozoa that can be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae, Plasmodium vivax, Leishmania donovani, Trypanosoma brucei, ⁇ Trypanosoma cruzi, Toxoplasma gondii and Babesia microti.
- one or more analytes may be a prion protein.
- the prion is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the prion is detected.
- the presence of prions or potential for prion formation is detected by identifying a mutation in a nucleic acid sequence.
- the presence of structures formed by prions can indicate the presence of prions.
- the prion is indirectly detected, e.g., biochemical changes induced by prion formation can indicate the presence of prions.
- prions are amplified prior to detection using methods such as protein ⁇ misfolding cyclic amplification (PMCA) or real-time quaking-induced conversion (RT-QUIC).
- Exemplary prion proteins include, but are not limited to, Scrapie (Sheep and goats), transmissible mink encephalopathy (TME), chronic wasting disease (CWD) in mule deer and elk, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE) cattle, feline spongiform encephalopathy (FSE) in cats, exotic ungulate encephalopathy (EUE), Kuru in humans, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease ⁇ (CJD) in humans, Fatal familial insomnia (FFI) in humans and Gerstmann-Strässler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS) in humans.
- Scrapie Sheep and goats
- TAE transmissible mink encephalopathy
- CWD chronic wasting disease
- BSE bovine spongiform encephalopathy
- FSE feline spongiform encephalopathy
- EUE exotic ungulate encephalopathy
- Kuru Kuru in humans
- one or more analytes measured by the assays of the methods and systems of the present disclosure may be a blood component.
- blood components that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not ⁇ limited to, red blood cells, hemoglobin, white blood cells (including neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, and basophils), platelets, reticulocytes, and nucleated red blood cells.
- Various measurements of different blood components may be performed, including, but not limited to, cell count, cell size, cell complexity, granularity, hematocrit, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, and mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration.
- one or more analytes may be a biomolecule.
- biomolecules include macromolecules such as, for example, proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates.
- the analyte may be hormones, antibodies, growth factors, cytokines, electrolytes (e.g., sodium, potassium, and chloride), enzymes (e.g., alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, lactate dehydrogenase, and amylase), ⁇ receptors (e.g., neural, hormonal, nutrient, and cell surface receptors) or their ligands, cancer markers (e.g., PSA, TNF-alpha), markers of myocardial infarction (e.g., troponin, creatine kinase, and the like), toxins, drugs (e.g., therapeutic drugs, drugs of addiction), metabolic agents (e.g., including vitamins and minerals), metabolic products (e.g., glucose, urea
- Non-limiting embodiments of protein analytes ⁇ include peptides, polypeptides, protein fragments, protein complexes, fusion proteins, recombinant proteins, phosphoproteins, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, and the like.
- the analyte may be a post-translationally modified protein (e.g., phosphorylated, methylated, glycosylated protein).
- the analyte is a nucleic acid.
- the analyte is a protein or a small molecule.
- a non-limiting list of analytes that may be analyzed by the devices presented herein include A ⁇ 42 amyloid beta-protein, fetuin-A, tau, secretogranin II, prion protein, Alpha- synuclein, tau protein, neurofilament light chain, parkin, PTEN induced putative kinase 1, DJ-1, leucine-rich repeat kinase 2, mutated ATP13A2, Apo H, ceruloplasmin, Peroxisome proliferator- activated receptor gamma coactivator-1 alpha (PGC-1 ⁇ ), transthyretin, Vitamin D-binding Protein, proapoptotic kinase R (PKR) and its phosphorylated PKR (pPKR), CXCL13, IL-12p40, CXCL13, IL-8, Dkk-3 (semen), p14 endocan fragment, Serum, ACE2, autoantibody to CD25, hTERT, CAI25 (MUC 16), VEGF
- coli enterotoxins (heat-labile exotoxin, heat-stable ⁇ enterotoxin), influenza HA antigen, tetanus toxin, diphtheria toxin, botulinum toxins, Shiga toxin, Shiga-like toxin I, Shiga-like toxin II, Clostridium difficile toxins A and B, etc.
- Exemplary targets of nucleic acid aptamers that may be measured in a sample such as an environmental sample, a biological sample obtained from a patient or subject in need using the subject devices include: drugs of abuse (e.g.
- protein biomarkers including, but not limited to, Nucleolin, nuclear factor-kB essential modulator (NEMO), CD-30, protein tyrosine kinase 7 (PTK7), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), MUC1 glycoform, immunoglobulin ⁇ Heavy Chains (IGHM), Immunoglobulin E, ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin, ⁇ -thrombin, HIV gp120, NF- ⁇ B, E2F ⁇ transcription factor, HER3, Plasminogen activator inhibitor, Tenascin C,CXCL12/SDF-1, prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA), gastric cancer cells, HGC-27); cells (including, but not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), colorectal cancer cells, (DLD-1), H23 lung adenocarcinoma cells, Ramos cells, T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL) cells, CCRF- CEM, acute myeloid leukemia (A), protein
- Exemplary targets of protein or peptide aptamers that may be measured in a sample obtained from a patient or subject in need using the subject devices include, but are not limited to: HBV core capsid protein, CDK2, E2F transcription factor, Thymidylate synthase, Ras, EB1, and Receptor for Advanced Glycated End products (RAGE).
- HBV core capsid protein CDK2, E2F transcription factor, Thymidylate synthase, Ras, EB1, and Receptor for Advanced Glycated End products (RAGE).
- a biological sample e.g., human blood sample
- preparation/processing may include the following steps: i) isolation of total nucleic acid that contains a target nucleic acid from the sample, ii) optionally, enrichment of the target nucleic acid, iii) amplification of the target nucleic acid, and iv) processing of the amplified target nucleic acid.
- steps can be performed manually, automatically, or by a combination ⁇ thereof.
- the analyte is not amplified (i.e., the copy number of the analyte is not increased) prior to the measurement of the analyte.
- the analyte is DNA or RNA
- the analyte is not replicated to increase copy numbers of the analyte.
- methods involve the use of one or more reference standards for ⁇ quantifying an analyte.
- the reference standards may be employed to establish standard curves for interpolation and/or extrapolation of the analyte concentrations.
- a system of the present disclosure may include reference standards that vary in terms of concentration level.
- the device may include one or more reference standards with either a high concentration level, a medium concentration level, or a low concentration level.
- concentration ranges for the reference standard include but are not limited to, for example: about 10 fg/mL, about 20 fg/mL, about 50 fg/mL, about 75 fg/mL, about 100 fg/mL, ⁇ about 150 fg/mL, about 200 fg/mL, about 250 fg/mL, about 500 fg/mL, about 750 fg/mL, about 1000 fg/mL, about 10 pg/mL, about 20 pg/mL, about 50 pg/mL, about 75 pg/mL, about 100 pg/mL, about 150 pg/mL, about 200 pg/mL, about 250 pg/mL, about 500 pg/m/m
- a system of the present disclosure optionally includes quality control components (for example, sensitivity panels, calibrators, and positive controls). Preparation of quality control reagents is well-known in the art and is described on insert sheets for a variety of immunodiagnostic products. Sensitivity panel members optionally are used to establish assay performance characteristics, and further optionally are useful indicators of the ⁇ integrity of the device reagents, and the standardization of assays.
- a system of the present disclosure can also optionally include other reagents required to conduct a diagnostic assay or facilitate quality control evaluations, such as buffers, salts, enzymes, enzyme co-factors, substrates, detection reagents, and the like.
- the device can additionally include one or more other controls.
- One or more of the components of the device can be lyophilized, in which case the device can further comprise reagents suitable for the reconstitution of the lyophilized components.
- One or more of the components may be in liquid form.
- the various components of the device optionally are provided in suitable containers as necessary.
- the device further can include ⁇ containers for holding or storing a sample (e.g., a container or cartridge for a urine, saliva, plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, or serum sample, or appropriate container for storing, transporting or processing tissue so as to create a tissue aspirate).
- a sample e.g., a container or cartridge for a urine, saliva, plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, or serum sample, or appropriate container for storing, transporting or processing tissue so as to create a tissue aspirate.
- the device optionally also can contain reaction vessels, mixing vessels, and other components that facilitate the preparation of reagents or the test sample.
- analyzing the sample fluid comprises analyzing nucleic acids of the sample fluid.
- Nucleic acid testing can include, but is not limited to, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription PCR (RT-PCR), real time quantitative PCR (RT-qPCR), isothermal PCR, thermocycle based PCR, hot-start PCR, loop-mediation isothermal amplification (LAMP), recombinase polymerase amplification (RPA), nucleic acid lateral flow ⁇ immunoassay (NAFLIA), helicase dependent amplification (HAD), rolling circle amplification (RCA), nicking enzyme amplification reaction (NEAR), CRISPR-Cas detection methods (e.g., SHERLOCK (specific high-sensitivity enzymatic reporter unlocking), DETECTR (DNA Endonuclease Targeted CRISPR Trans Reporter), and HOLMES (one-Hour Low-cost Multipurpose highly Efficient System), nucleic acid hybridization detection and probes (e.g., dot- ⁇ blot, Southern blot, in situ hybridization, sequence specific probe
- amplification is used for increasing the amount of nucleic acid for performing the assay and in the process of detecting and identifying nucleic acid sequences.
- the amplification ⁇ is performed in PCR and RT-PCR.
- analyzing the sample fluid comprises an immunoassay (IA).
- An immunoassay generally comprises contacting an antigen with an antibody specific for the antigen to form an antibody-antigen complex and detecting the antibody-antigen complex.
- the antibody-antigen complex is an antibody-analyte complex.
- the analyte is an antigen.
- an antigen that may be bound by an antibody includes, but is not limited to, proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, or nucleic acids. Cartridges may be designed to perform various types of immunoassays.
- the immunoassay may be a labelled immunoassay. In labelled immunoassays, the antibody-analyte complex may be detected using a detectably labeled antibody.
- Detectable labels may be selected from a variety of such labels known in the art, but normally are ⁇ radioisotopes, fluorophores, enzymes (e.g., horseradish peroxidase), or other moieties or compounds which either emit a detectable signal (e.g., radioactivity, fluorescence, color) or emit a detectable signal after exposure of the label to its substrate.
- Additional labels can include, but are not limited to, DNA probes and reporters, electrochemiluminescent tags, and magnetic particles.
- the immunoassay may be an unlabeled immunoassay. Unlabeled immunoassays are performed without labels and include, but are not limited to, techniques such as immunodiffusion and nephelometry. ⁇ In some embodiments, the immunoassay may be a heterogeneous immunoassay.
- the immunoassay may be a homogeneous immunoassay. Homogeneous immunoassays do not require separation of the antibody-analyte complex from the other components of the ⁇ immunoassay prior to analysis.
- the immunoassay may be a competitive immunoassay. In competitive immunoassays, the analyte competes with a specific quantity of labeled antigen for the antibody. In other embodiments, the immunoassay may be a noncompetitive immunoassay.
- Antibodies and antigens of an immunoassay may be arranged in a variety of configurations.
- the antibodies and antigens of the immunoassay are in solution.
- either the antibody or the antigen is bound to a solid surface.
- the antibody or the antigen from the sample is bound to a solid surface.
- the antibody is labelled.
- the antigen is ⁇ labelled.
- more than one antibody may be used to detect the analyte.
- two or more antibodies may bind to the same antigen.
- two or more antibodies may bind to different epitopes of the same antigen. In other embodiments, two or more antibodies may bind to different antigens of an analyte. In other embodiments, a first antibody binds to an antigen, and a second antibody binds to the first ⁇ antibody. In other embodiments, two antibodies compete to bind an antigen. In some embodiments, a known amount of an identifiable antigen or analyte competes with the antigen or analyte for binding with an antibody. Any suitable immunoassay may be utilized.
- immunoassay examples include, but are not limited to, immunoassay, such as sandwich immunoassay (e.g., monoclonal-polyclonal sandwich immunoassays), enzyme detection, such as enzyme immunoassay (EIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) (e.g., direct, indirect, ⁇ competitive, and sandwich ELISA), competitive inhibition immunoassay (e.g., forward and reverse), enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique (EMIT), a competitive binding assay, bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET), one-step antibody detection assay, homogeneous assay, heterogeneous assay, capture on the fly assay, and the like.
- sandwich immunoassay e.g., monoclonal-polyclonal sandwich immunoassays
- enzyme detection such as enzyme immunoassay (EIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) (e.g., direct, indirect, ⁇ competitive, and sandwich ELISA)
- immunoassays may be used to detect nucleic acid sequences. Once a ⁇ desired degree of target nucleic acid sequence amplification is achieved, the amplification product can be detected using an immunoassay.
- an immunoassay can be performed to capture target amplified nucleic acid sequences using the tag incorporated into the amplified target nucleic acid.
- a capture object such as, a bead, e.g., a magnetic bead
- a capture object include a binding member of a specific ⁇ binding pair and captures the amplified target nucleic acid via interaction of the member of the binding pair with the other member of the binding pair, which other member that has been introduced into the amplified target nucleic acid during amplification.
- the capture object is not coated with a nucleic acid that can bind to the amplified target nucleic acid.
- Immunoassays of the present methods and devices may be analyzed using various ⁇ methods to detect the antibody-analyte complex.
- assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include enzymatic methods by using enzymes to react with analyte, such as electrolytes, CO 2 , serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, and detect reaction product.
- analyte such as electrolytes, CO 2 , serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, and detect reaction product.
- the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include chemical reaction methods, which are similar to enzymatic methods but with ⁇ chemical reagents and using spectrophotometry.
- the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include changes in pH level.
- the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include the use of nephelometry. Nephelometry is used to measure the amount of turbidity or cloudiness by measuring scattered light and can be used in combination with ⁇ immunoassays.
- the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include the use of photometry, which measures absorbed light (UV, visible, IR) to determine amount of an analyte in a solution or liquid.
- the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include coagulation assays. In coagulation assays, reagents are added to blood to measure coagulating/clotting time. In yet other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include the use of electrophoresis.
- aspects of the present disclosure further include computer-controlled systems, where the systems include one or more computers for complete automation or partial automation.
- systems include a computer operably connected to a memory having instructions stored thereon which, when executed cause the computer to carry out one or more ⁇ methods of the invention (e.g., discussed above).
- the computer may be configured to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality to analyze the sample fluid.
- this can include calculating an average intensity of incident light from the light source, calculating an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, deactivating the light source and calculating a dark image ⁇ average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and calculating the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
- ⁇ Systems may include a display and operator input device. Operator input devices may, for example, be a keyboard, mouse, or the like.
- the processing module includes a processor which has access to a memory having instructions stored thereon for performing the steps of the subject methods.
- the processing module may include an operating system, a graphical user interface (GUI) controller, a system memory, memory storage devices, and input-output ⁇ controllers, cache memory, a data backup unit, and many other devices.
- GUI graphical user interface
- the processor may be a commercially available processor, or it may be one of other processors that are or will become available.
- the processor executes the operating system and the operating system interfaces with firmware and hardware in a well-known manner, and facilitates the processor in coordinating and executing the functions of various computer programs that may be written in a ⁇ variety of programming languages, such as Java, Perl, C++, Python, other high level or low level languages, as well as combinations thereof, as is known in the art.
- the operating system typically in cooperation with the processor, coordinates and executes functions of the other components of the computer.
- the operating system also provides scheduling, input-output control, file and data management, memory management, and communication control and ⁇ related services, all in accordance with known techniques.
- the processor includes analog electronics which provide feedback control, such as for example negative feedback control.
- the system memory may be any of a variety of known or future memory storage devices. Examples include any commonly available random access memory (RAM), magnetic medium such as a resident hard disk or tape, an optical medium such as a read and write compact disc, flash memory devices, or other memory storage device.
- RAM random access memory
- the memory storage ⁇ device may be any of a variety of known or future devices, including a compact disk drive, a tape drive, or a diskette drive. Such types of memory storage devices typically read from, and/or write to, a program storage medium (not shown) such as a compact disk. Any of these program storage media, or others now in use or that may later be developed, may be considered a computer program product. As will be appreciated, these program storage media ⁇ typically store a computer software program and/or data.
- Computer software programs typically are stored in system memory and/or the program storage device used in conjunction with the memory storage device.
- a computer program product is described comprising a computer usable medium having control logic (computer software program, including program code) ⁇ stored therein.
- the control logic when executed by the processor the computer, causes the processor to perform functions described herein.
- some functions are implemented primarily in hardware using, for example, a hardware state machine. Implementation of the hardware state machine so as to perform the functions described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant arts.
- ⁇ Memory may be any suitable device in which the processor can store and retrieve data, such as magnetic, optical, or solid-state storage devices (including magnetic or optical disks or tape or RAM, or any other suitable device, either fixed or portable).
- the processor may include a general-purpose digital microprocessor suitably programmed from a computer readable medium carrying necessary program code. Programming can be provided remotely to ⁇ processor through a communication channel, or previously saved in a computer program product such as memory or some other portable or fixed computer readable storage medium using any of those devices in connection with memory.
- a magnetic or optical disk may carry the programming, and can be read by a disk writer/reader.
- Systems of the invention also include programming, e.g., in the form of computer program products, algorithms for use in ⁇ practicing the methods as described above.
- Programming according to the present invention can be recorded on computer readable media, e.g., any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a computer.
- Such media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM; portable flash drive; ⁇ and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.
- the processor may also have access to a communication channel to communicate with a user at a remote location.
- remote location By remote location is meant the user is not directly in contact with the system and relays input information to an input manager from an external device, such as a computer connected to a Wide Area Network (“WAN”), telephone network, satellite network, or any other suitable communication channel, including a mobile telephone (i.e., smartphone).
- WAN Wide Area Network
- systems according to the present disclosure may be configured to include a communication interface.
- the communication interface ⁇ includes a receiver and/or transmitter for communicating with a network and/or another device.
- the communication interface can be configured for wired or wireless communication, including, but not limited to, radio frequency (RF) communication (e.g., Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID), Zigbee communication protocols, Wi-Fi, infrared, wireless Universal Serial Bus (USB), Ultra Wide Band (UWB), Bluetooth® communication protocols, and cellular communication, ⁇ such as code division multiple access (CDMA) or Global System for Mobile communications (GSM).
- RF radio frequency
- the communication interface is configured to include one or more communication ports, e.g., physical ports or interfaces such as a USB port, a USB-C port, an RS-232 port, or any other suitable electrical connection port to allow data communication ⁇ between the subject systems and other external devices such as a computer terminal (for example, at a physician’s office or in hospital environment) that is configured for similar complementary data communication.
- the communication interface is configured for infrared communication, Bluetooth® communication, or any other suitable wireless communication ⁇ protocol to enable the subject systems to communicate with other devices such as computer terminals and/or networks, communication enabled mobile telephones, personal digital assistants, or any other communication devices which the user may use in conjunction.
- the communication interface is configured to provide a connection for data transfer utilizing Internet Protocol (IP) through a cell phone network, Short Message ⁇ Service (SMS), wireless connection to a personal computer (PC) on a Local Area Network (LAN) which is connected to the internet, or Wi-Fi connection to the internet at a Wi-Fi hotspot.
- IP Internet Protocol
- SMS Short Message ⁇ Service
- PC personal computer
- LAN Local Area Network
- Wi-Fi connection to the internet at a Wi-Fi hotspot.
- the subject systems are configured to wirelessly communicate with a server device via the communication interface, e.g., using a common standard such as 802.11 or Bluetooth ® RF protocol, or an IrDA infrared protocol.
- the server device may be ⁇ another portable device, such as a smart phone, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) or notebook computer; or a larger device such as a desktop computer, appliance, etc.
- PDA Personal Digital Assistant
- the server device has a display, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD), as well as an input device, such as buttons, a keyboard, mouse or touch-screen.
- the communication interface is configured to automatically or ⁇ semi-automatically communicate data stored in the subject systems, e.g., in an optional data storage unit, with a network or server device using one or more of the communication protocols and/or mechanisms described above.
- Output controllers may include controllers for any of a variety of known display devices for presenting information to a user, whether a human or a machine, whether local or remote. If one of the display devices provides visual information, this information typically may be logically and/or physically organized as an array of picture elements.
- a graphical user interface (GUI) ⁇ controller may include any of a variety of known or future software programs for providing graphical input and output interfaces between the system and a user, and for processing user inputs.
- the functional elements of the computer may communicate with each other via system bus. Some of these communications may be accomplished in alternative embodiments using network or other types of remote communications.
- the output manager may also provide ⁇ information generated by the processing module to a user at a remote location, e.g., over the Internet, phone or satellite network, in accordance with known techniques.
- the presentation of data by the output manager may be implemented in accordance with a variety of known techniques.
- data may include SQL, HTML or XML documents, email or other files, or data in other forms.
- the data may include Internet URL addresses so that a user ⁇ may retrieve additional SQL, HTML, XML, or other documents or data from remote sources.
- the one or more platforms present in the subject systems may be any type of known computer platform or a type to be developed in the future, although they typically will be of a class of computer commonly referred to as servers. However, they may also be a main-frame computer, a workstation, or other computer type. They may be connected via any known or future type of ⁇ cabling or other communication system including wireless systems, either networked or otherwise. They may be co-located or they may be physically separated. Various operating systems may be employed on any of the computer platforms, possibly depending on the type and/or make of computer platform chosen.
- kits include one or more sample analysis systems of the invention.
- kits may include 1 or more ⁇ sample analysis systems, such as 2 or more sample analysis systems, such as 3 or more sample analysis systems, and including 5 or more sample analysis systems.
- kits may include one or more cartridges of the invention.
- kits may include a number of cartridges ranging from 1 to 100, such as 2 to 50 and including 3 to 10.
- components of the subject kits are provided in packaging, such as sealed ⁇ packaging.
- the sealed packaging is sterile packaging.
- the subject kits may further include (in some embodiments) instructions for carrying out methods of the invention, e.g., performing a sample fluid dilution. These instructions may be present in the subject kits in a variety of forms, one or more of which may be present in the kit.
- the system includes ⁇ a photodiode array sensor comprised of SONY Pregius Gen3, IMX428, 14.4 x 9.9 mm (Pixelink PL-D797MU). Received in the system was a 1536 microwell plate (1.7mm square, 2.2 mm well space, 10uL volume) consumable/cartridge. Also included were first and second pinhole plates (5 x 7 total 35 pinholes for 35 wells, ⁇ 0.8mm pinhole pairs, 2.2 mm space), and an emission band-pass filter to minimize autofluorescence radiation impact.
- the light source was configured ⁇ to emit 8 wavelengths from UV to IR, and included a light guide plate.
- the light guide plate was either 1) off-the-shelf with minor modification (Advanced Illumination, 8 wvs, no UV), or 2) home-built (UV LGP, LEDs especially 340 nm, light distribution, material UV durability e.g.).
- UV LGP Advanced Illumination
- FIG.7A 35 pinholes of ⁇ 0.8mm and 2.25mm space on front and back plates match the well dimension.
- the plates were 25 mm in height, and were constructed from ⁇ black Delrin®. CRA ⁇ 2° kept light within wells.
- a SONY IMX4281.1” image sensor was mounted on the back plate and covered all pinholes.
- An LGP illuminator was mounted on the front plate.
- FIG.7B depicts the dimensions of a pinhole plate of the prototype. There was a 2.2mm inter-pinhole distance, ⁇ 0.8mm for high dense 1536 well plate and 35micro-cuvettes in ⁇ a penny-sized area.
- FIG.7C shows 4mm inter-pinhole distance, ⁇ 1mm for 1cm spectroscopy cuvette.
- the prototype of FIG.7A-7C was used to illuminate the consumable. A resulting image of light collected from the back pinhole plate is presented in FIG.8, which demonstrates that the system is well calibrated in that pinhole locations match where they are calculated to be.
- each pinhole functions as a superphotodiode.
- the pinhole masks (circle outline) label their locations for intensity measurement.
- Example 2 A stray light test was carried out, which involved blocking a pinhole of the device and assessing cross-talk to the blocked pinhole.
- An experimental setup showing a blocked pinhole is depicted in FIG.9A. The test was first carried out at 0.1 ms exposure, 470 nm 6% power for an unblocked pinhole (FIG.9B-C). The test was subsequently carried out for a blocked pinhole ⁇ at 0.1 ms exposure, 470 nm 6% power (FIG.9D-9E).
- Example 3 A light interrogation system according to FIG.6C was constructed.
- the cartridge was ⁇ characterized by 2.2mm well space, 1.78mm square cuvette, depth 5.1mm, 7.4mm height (d3).
- the front pinholes had a diameter ( ⁇ 1) of 0.8mm, and a thickness (d1) of 23 mm.
- the back pinholes had a diameter ( ⁇ 2) of 1.0mm (0.04”), and a thickness (d2) of 23 mm.
- the light diameter of cuvette exit (d’) was 1.4 mm.
- An image of the resulting pinhole array is shown in FIG 10A.
- FIG.10B Resulting 470nm light beams after front pinholes are shown in FIG.10B.
- the overall ⁇ system was characterized by x 7 total 35 pinholes for 35 wells, ⁇ 0.8mm pinhole pairs, 2.2 mm space.
- the system had a emission 7-band-pass filter (Chroma JC27395).
- Narrow transparent bands were central wavelength 340, 405, 467, 500, 550, 600, 660 nm, FWHM 10 nm, 90%T.
- the high-pass band was >800 nm, trans% 90%.
- the system had a SONY IMX428 1.1” image sensor (14.4x9.9 mm) with specifications of (HxV) 3208 x 2200, 4.5um pixel; QE ⁇ 22% @ 340nm, QE 77% @ 530nm, QE 20% @ 850nm; Read noise 5.5 e-; Full well 24.8 Ke- ( ⁇ 1mm pinhole 9.7E8 electrons); and Dark current (25°C) 2.8 e-/s/pixel.
- the light source was comprised of 7 LEDs: 405nm, 470nm, 500nm, 530nm, 590nm, 660 nm, and 850nm.
- FIG.11A-11B Averaged pinhole area OD is the cuvette absorbance (100mOD of a neutral density filter).
- FIG.11B shows an absorbance image of a tartrazine 1536 well plate.
- Neutral density glass filters (Edmund Absorptive Neutral Density filter Kit #63-470) were then measured at 35 pinholes using a UV1800 spectrometer at 0.1OD, 0.4OD, 1.2OD, 2.0OD, and a blank target; using 4 wavelengths: 403nm, 465nm, 657nm, and 850nm.
- the OD target spectrum on Shimatzu spectrometer UV1800 is shown in FIG.12.
- ODs of the 35 pinholes were ⁇ measured, calculated, and evaluated with respect to linearity of the mean OD vs. UV1800 readings and repeatability (cv%) of 35 pinhole ODs. Results are shown in FIG.13A-13D.
- Example 3 ⁇ The effects of the placement of a notch filter on stray light in a light interrogation system were investigated.
- the notch filter was either placed before the sensor background (FIG.6A) or before the back pinhole plate (FIG.6B).
- the images were collected at an exposure of 600ms, 470nm illumination and 500mA current.
- Visualization was characterized by 0-44ADU.13,000 to 15,000 pixels were tested in each region. Resulting images for the placement of the notch filter ⁇ before the sensor background and before the back pinhole plate are shown in FIG.14A and FIG.14B, respectively.
- FIG.15A-15C A light interrogation system shown in FIG.15A-15C was constructed.
- FIG.15A shows, from bottom to top, an LGP light source, a front pinhole plate, a 1536 microwell plate, and a back pinhole plate.
- FIG.15B depicts the light pattern after the front pinhole plate.
- FIG.15C depicts the illuminator exit pupil.
- FIG.16A-16B A power distribution of a Consun LGP was subsequently measured (a spectrum for the Consun LGP is shown in FIG.16A-16B) and it was ⁇ demonstrated that the low auto-fluorescent LGP material reduces the 405nm spectrum shift.
- FIG.18 depicts masking the LGP exit surface with ⁇ 3.17mm opens at 5 mm incremental. Power was measured at each open with a Thorlabs PM100USB power meter coupled by ⁇ 400um optical fiber. Average power and non-uniformity was measured in the central 25 x 25 mm region.
- Table 2 A resulting summary is shown in Table 2, below: Table 2 ⁇ Adjustments to the light interrogation system were made according to the specifications of FIG.17 (from top to bottom) such that the system had the configuration as described below in Table 3: ⁇ Table 3 LGP power efficiency of an Hexatron LPG +HoneyComb illuminator was measured with a Thorlabs PM100USB power meter coupled by ⁇ 400um optical fiber using Luxeon LED LHUV-0405, cw 509 nm, current 51mA. Efficiency was measured at LGP edge (incident light), ⁇ and spots of LGP top at 5 mm step (i.e., from top to bottom of FIG.18). Results are presented below in Table 4, and plotted in FIG.19.
- Example 6 An assessment of the optical interrogation system of FIG.5A was carried out using a simulation and a bench test. It was found that a super photodiode of has 6-9x10 8 ⁇ electrons well capacity, increasing SNR and reducing the cv% at high OD measurement. Both simulation and bench test showed that cv% is less than 0.5% up to 1.8 OD. Using a multiple- exposure algorithm, the measurement range extended to 4 OD at low cv%.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Materials By Optical Means (AREA)
Abstract
Light interrogation systems are provided. Systems of interest include a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers, a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber, a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality, and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. Methods of analyzing a sample fluid using a light interrogation system of the invention are also provided.
Description
LIGHT INTERROGATION SYSTEMS HAVING FIRST AND SECOND PINHOLE PLATES, AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS ^^ This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/563,780, filed March 11, 2024, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63/566,126, filed March 15, 2024, which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. ^ INTRODUCTION ^^^ Point-of-care (POC) sample analysis systems are typically based on one or more reusable hand-held analyzers (i.e., instruments or reading apparatus) that perform sample tests using a single-use disposable testing device, e.g., a cartridge or strip that contains analytical elements, e.g., electrodes or optics for sensing analytes such as pH, oxygen and glucose, as well as various types of proteins, enzymes and blood cells. The disposable testing device may ^^^ include fluidic elements (e.g., conduits for receiving and delivering the sample to sensing electrodes or optics), calibrant elements (e.g., aqueous fluids for standardizing the electrodes and optics with a known concentration of analyte), and dyes with known extinction coefficients for standardizing optics. The instrument or reading apparatus may contain electrical circuitry and other components for operating the electrodes or optics, making measurements, and ^^^ performing computations. The instrument or reading apparatus may also have the ability to display results and communicate those results to laboratory and hospital information systems (LIS and HIS, respectively), for example, via a computer workstation or other data management system. Communication between the instrument or reading apparatus and a workstation, and between the workstation and a LIS or HIS, may be via, for example, an infrared link, a wired ^^^ connection, wireless communication, or any other form of data communication that is capable of transmitting and receiving electrical information, or any combination thereof. One benefit of point-of-care sample testing systems is the elimination of the time- consuming need to send a sample to a central laboratory for testing. Point-of-care sample testing systems allow a nurse or doctor (user or operator), at the bedside of a patient, to obtain ^^^ a reliable quantitative analytical result, comparable in quality to that which would be obtained in a laboratory. In operation, the nurse selects a testing device with the required panel of tests, draws a biological sample from the patient, dispenses the biological sample into the testing device, optionally seals the testing device, and inserts the testing device into the instrument or reading apparatus. While the particular order in which the steps occur may vary between ^^^ different point-of-care systems and providers, the intent of providing rapid sample test results close to the location of the patient remains the same. The instrument or reading apparatus then performs a test cycle, i.e., all the other analytical steps required to perform the tests. Such
simplicity gives the doctor quicker insight into a patient's physiological status and, by reducing the turnaround time for diagnosis or monitoring, enables a quicker decision by the doctor on the appropriate treatment, thus enhancing the likelihood of a successful patient outcome. As discussed herein, point-of-care sample testing systems typically include an ^^ instrument or analyzer configured to perform sample tests using single-use disposable testing device for the determination of analytes in biological samples. The type of sample tests performed may vary and can be implemented using one or more disposable testing devices including, for example, a qualitative or semi-quantitative testing device (e.g., lateral flow or microarray assays), a quantitative testing device (e.g., an electrochemical assay), or a ^^^ combined qualitative or semi-quantitative testing device and a quantitative testing device (e.g., a testing device with both lateral flow or microarray assays and an electrochemical assay). In order to perform the sample tests, the instrument or analyzer includes an optical sensor configured to process a signal from the qualitative or semiquantitative testing device and/or an electrical connector configured to process a signal from the quantitative testing device (see, ^^^ e.g., U.S. Patent No.9,194,859, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In particular, the optical sensor includes an optical imager configured to image an assay of an optical test cartridge. The assay is a qualitative or semi-quantitative lateral flow test or microarray test (e.g., a one or more lateral flow test strips or microarrays disposed in a conduit of the optical test cartridge). The optical sensor further includes a processor configured to ^^^ process a signal generated by the optical imager to display a qualitative or semi-quantitative test result. SUMMARY Aspects of the invention include light interrogation systems, e.g., for analyzing a sample ^^^ fluid (e.g., blood). The subject systems include a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers, a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber, a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a ^^^ pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality, and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. In certain cases, the first and second pinhole plates each comprise an array of pinholes (e.g., 2 to 50 pinholes). The pinholes may, in embodiments, be separated by a ^^^ distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm. In embodiments, the one or more pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates have a diameter ranging from 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm. In select instances, the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 5 mm to 15 mm. In certain implementations, the first and second pinhole plates have a thickness
ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm. In select versions, the light source is comprised of a fiber array. In some such versions, each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the first pinhole plate. In some instances, the light source further comprises a fiber array plate having holes for mounting the fiber array. Light sources according to some embodiments may ^^ further include a lenslet array positioned between the light source and the first pinhole plate, wherein each lenslet of the array is optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate. The lenslet array may in certain cases be arranged within a lenslet plate. In select versions, the light source comprises an array of micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs). In some such versions, the light source comprises micro-LEDs. In some implementations, the light source comprises a light ^^^ guide plate (LGP). The LGP may in some cases be comprised of cast-grade polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA). The optical sensor may vary. In some cases, the optical sensor is a CMOS sensor. In some cases, the optical sensor is comprised of photodiodes. In additional cases, the optical sensor is a spectrometer. Systems of the invention may additionally include optics positioned along an optical path ^^^ between the light source and the optical sensor. For example, in some embodiments, systems include a diffuser positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate. In certain cases, systems include a folding mirror or folding prism positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate. In embodiments, systems include a band-pass filter positioned between the second pinhole plate and the optical sensor. ^^^ Systems according to some embodiments include a notch filter, e.g., positioned between the first and second pinhole plates. In some cases, systems may include a processor for use in conjunction with the aforementioned components. For example, embodiments of the systems include a processor operably connected to the optical sensor, the light source, and a memory having instructions ^^^ stored thereon which, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality. Processors of interest may be configured to calculate an average intensity of incident light from the light source; calculate an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; deactivate the light source and calculate a dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each ^^^ detection chamber of the plurality; and calculate the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality. The processors may configure the intensity of the light source and integration time of the optical ^^^ sensor to adjust for the dynamic ranges of the samples. Aspects of the invention also include methods of analyzing a sample fluid. Methods of interest include introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers, inserting the cartridge into a light interrogation system of the invention (e.g.,
described above and herein), and irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the light source to analyze the sample fluid. The sample fluid may vary and in some embodiments includes a blood sample (e.g., a whole blood sample). In certain versions, analyzing the sample fluid comprises performing a complete metabolic panel (CMP). ^^ BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES The invention may be best understood from the following detailed description when read in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Included in the drawings are the following figures: ^^^ FIG.1A-1B depict a light source comprising a light guide plate according to certain embodiments. FIG.2A-2B depict a light source comprising a light guide plate according to certain embodiments. FIG.3A-3E depict a light source optically coupled to a fiber array according to certain ^^^ embodiments of the invention. FIG.4A-4B present first and second pinhole plates according to certain embodiments of the invention. FIG.5A-5E depict aspects of light interrogation systems according to certain embodiments. ^^^ FIG.6A-6C depict light filtering arrangements of light interrogation systems according to certain embodiments. FIG.7A-7C depict a light interrogation system prototype. FIG.8 shows light received from pinholes relative to masks used for intensity measurement. ^^^ FIG.9A-9G show an experimental setup used to perform a stray light test (FIG.9A), as well as results from stray light tests (FIG.9B-9G). FIG.10A-10B depict a pinhole array (FIG.10A) and projection of light beams from a first pinhole plate (FIG.10B) having this pinhole array. FIG.11A-11B depict absorption and optical density (OD) calculation using a pinhole ^^^ array. FIG.12 depicts an absorbance spectrum of neutral density fibers on a UV1800 spectrometer. FIG.13A-13D depict neutral density filter test results. FIG.14A-14B present stray light measurements. ^^^ FIG.15A-15C depict a light interrogation system prototype. FIG.16A-16B present spectrums of different light guide plates. FIG.17 depicts adjustments made to a light source comprising a light guide plate. FIG.18 depicts an experimental setup for determining light guide plate power efficiency.
FIG.19 depicts light guide plate power efficiency results. FIG.20 depicts an embodiment of the invention having a single pinhole plate and a reflector. ^^ DETAILED DESCRIPTION Light interrogation systems are provided. Systems of interest include a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers, a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically ^^^ aligned with the detection chamber, a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality, and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. Methods of analyzing a sample fluid using a ^^^ light interrogation system of the invention are also provided. Before the present invention is described in greater detail, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to particular embodiments described, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing ^^^ particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present invention will be limited only by the appended claims. Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated ^^^ range, is encompassed within the invention. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges and are also encompassed within the invention, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the invention. ^^^ Certain ranges are presented herein with numerical values being preceded by the term "about." The term "about" is used herein to provide literal support for the exact number that it precedes, as well as a number that is near to or approximately the number that the term precedes. In determining whether a number is near to or approximately a specifically recited number, the near or approximating unrecited number may be a number which, in the context in ^^^ which it is presented, provides the substantial equivalent of the specifically recited number. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein
can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, representative illustrative methods and materials are now described. All publications and patents cited in this specification are herein incorporated by reference as if each individual publication or patent were specifically and individually indicated ^^ to be incorporated by reference and are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited. The citation of any publication is for its disclosure prior to the filing date and should not be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from the actual ^^^ publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed. It is noted that, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It is further noted that the claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as “solely,” “only” ^^^ and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a “negative” limitation. As will be apparent to those of skill in the art upon reading this disclosure, each of the individual embodiments described and illustrated herein has discrete components and features which may be readily separated from or combined with the features of any of the other several embodiments without departing from the scope or spirit of the present invention. Any recited ^^^ method can be carried out in the order of events recited or in any other order which is logically possible. While the system and method has or will be described for the sake of grammatical fluidity with functional explanations, it is to be expressly understood that the claims, unless expressly formulated under 35 U.S.C. §112, are not to be construed as necessarily limited in ^^^ any way by the construction of "means" or "steps" limitations, but are to be accorded the full scope of the meaning and equivalents of the definition provided by the claims under the judicial doctrine of equivalents, and in the case where the claims are expressly formulated under 35 U.S.C. §112 are to be accorded full statutory equivalents under 35 U.S.C. §112. ^^^ LIGHT INTERROGATION SYSTEMS As discussed above, aspects of the invention include light interrogation systems. By “light interrogation” system, it is meant a system that is configured to irradiate a substance (e.g., a sample) with light in a manner suitable for determining one or more characteristics of the substance. In some cases, use of the disclosed light interrogation systems improves the quality ^^^ of data obtained during the irradiation of the substance relative to comparable prior systems. For example, embodiments of the present systems may improve a signal-to-noise ratio by 1% or more, such as 5% or more, such as 10% or more, such as 15% or more and including 20% or more. In some cases, the present systems are more compact and/or space-efficient relative
to comparable prior systems. For example, in certain instances, the subject systems constitute a reduction in volume relative to a comparable prior system by 1% or more, such as 5% or more, such as 10% or more, such as 15% or more and including 20% or more. Light interrogation systems of the disclosure include a first pinhole plate comprising one ^^ or more pinholes. The first pinhole plate is comprised of a planar surface having pinholes located therein. The first pinhole plate may be constructed from any suitable material. In certain instances, plates include one or more metals including, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass,^ iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and alloys thereof. In additional embodiments, the first pinhole plate includes a polymeric material, such as ^^^ a plastic material. In certain cases, the first pinhole plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials. In some cases, the pinhole plate is comprised of polyoxymethylene. The inner surface of the pinholes may in some cases be coated with an anodized black material, e.g., to minimize reflective light. The ^^^ number of pinholes in the first pinhole plate may vary. In some cases, the first pinhole plate includes a single pinhole. In other cases, the first pinhole plate includes a plurality of pinholes. In some such cases, the number of pinholes ranges from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. In some versions of the first pinhole plate including a plurality of pinholes, the pinholes of the plurality may be arranged in an array. By an ^^^ “array of pinholes”, it is meant a particular arrangement of pinholes that is organized according to a certain pattern or principle. In certain cases, pinholes of the array are arranged in rows and columns. In other embodiments, pinholes of the array are arranged in a staggered pattern. In still other embodiments, pinholes of the array are arranged in a concentric pattern. In still other cases, the pinholes are arranged in an irregular pattern but remain aligned with the detection ^^^ chambers to be interrogated. The dimensions of the pinholes in the first pinhole plate may vary. In some cases, the pinholes range in diameter from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 4 mm, such as 0.3 mm to 3 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 2 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 1 mm. In certain cases, pinholes have a diameter of 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm or 1.0 mm. Where the first pinhole ^^^ plate includes a plurality of pinholes, adjacent pinholes in the plurality may be separated by any suitable distance, where the distance is measured between geometric centers of the pinholes. In some cases, adjacent pinholes are separated a distance ranging from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 1 mm to 7 mm, such as 1.5 mm to 5 mm, and including 2 mm to 2.5 mm. In some cases, adjacent pinholes are separated by a distance of 2.0 mm, 2.1 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.4 ^^^ mm or 2.5 mm. The pinholes may, in embodiments, be separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm, 3 mm to 5 mm, 6 mm to 12 mm, or 13 mm to 25 mm for larger detection chambers or distributed chambers. The height/thickness of the first pinhole plate may likewise vary. In some cases, the pinhole plate has a height ranging from 1 mm to 50 mm, such as 2
mm to 40 mm, such as 3 mm to 30 mm, such as 4 mm to 25 mm and including 20 mm to 25 mm. In some cases, the first pinhole plate has a thickness of 20 mm, 21 mm, 22 mm, 23 mm or 24 mm. In some cases, the pinhole plate has a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm. In some cases, the pinhole diameter and the plate thickness is sufficient to narrow collimated light ^^ of chief ray angle 1°-3° and minimize the stray light and cross-talk signal to the neighbor detection chambers. Pinholes of the subject first pinhole plates are each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers (e.g., microcuvettes). In other words, the pinholes are sized and positioned within the plate so that detection chambers employed in ^^^ conjunction with the subject systems (e.g., in conjunction with a removable cartridge that is inserted into the system, as described in further detail below) are in optical alignment with the pinholes. By “optical alignment”, it is meant that one or more pinholes and detection chambers, when such chambers are present in the system, share an optical axis that passes through the pinholes to (or from, as appropriate) their corresponding detection chambers. For example, ^^^ pinholes may be sized relative to the detection chambers in such a manner to reduce the negative effects of stray light and associated optical density (OD) variance. It is a good practice to reduce the pinhole chief ray angle to avoid light reflection from the structure wall of the detection chamber. Suitable sizes may include but are not limited to those presented above. In addition, pinholes may be matched to a particular array of detection chambers (e.g., in a ^^^ cartridge) such that the first pinhole plate and detection chambers are arranged according to the same pattern or principle. For example, both the detection chambers and pinholes may be arranged in rows and columns, in a staggered pattern, or concentrically. By “detection chamber”, it is meant any microfluidic component configured for the analysis (e.g., optical analysis) of a sample. Exemplary detection chambers include, but are not ^^^ limited to, microcuvettes. The number of detection chambers in the plurality may vary. In some cases, the number of detection chambers in the plurality ranges from 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. In some cases, cartridges include 10 or more detection chambers, such as 11 or more detection chambers, such as 12 or more detection chambers, such as 13 or more detection chambers, such as 14 or more detection chambers, such as 15 or ^^^ more detection chambers, such as 16 or more detection chambers, such as 17 or more detection chambers, such as 18 or more detection chambers, such as 19 or more detection chambers, and including 20 or more detection chambers. The shape and size of the detection chambers in the plurality may vary, as desired. In certain cases, the detection chambers of the plurality have an elongate structure (e.g., having a length greater than width). The elongate ^^^ structure may have any convenient cross-sectional shape, where cross-sectional shapes of interest include, but are not limited to rectilinear cross-sectional shapes, e.g., squares, rectangles, trapezoids, triangles, hexagons, etc., curvilinear cross-sectional shapes, e.g., circles, ovals, as well as irregular shapes, e.g., a parabolic bottom portion coupled to a planar
top portion. In certain cases, the detection chambers of the plurality have a circular cross section. In other embodiments, the detection chambers of the plurality have a square cross section. In still other embodiments, detection chambers of the plurality have a rectangular cross section. In still other embodiments, detection chambers of the plurality have a inversed cone ^^ cross section. The volume of the detection chambers may also vary. In some cases, detection chambers of the plurality have a volume ranging from 0.3 µl to 500 µl, such as 2 µl to 300 µl, such as 3 µl to 200 µl, such as 4 µl to 100 µl and including 5 µl to 10 µl. In some versions, the detection chambers of the plurality have a volume ranging from 0.3 µl to 50 µl. In certain cases, detection chambers of the plurality have a volume of 5 µl or more, such as 6 µl or more, such ^^^ as 7 µl or more, such as 8 µl or more, such as 9 µl or more, and including 10 µl or more. In some instances, detection chambers of the plurality have a diameter ranging from 0.1 mm to 20 mm, such as 0.5 mm to 15 mm, such as 1 mm to 10 mm, and including 1.5 mm to 2 mm. In certain cases, detection chambers of the plurality have a diameter of 1.5 mm or more, such as 1.6 mm or more, such as 1.7 mm or more, such as 1.8 mm or more, such as 1.9 mm or more, ^^^ and including 2 mm or more. Adjacent detection chambers of the plurality may be separated by a distance ranging from 1 mm to 10 mm, such as 2 mm to 8 mm, and including 4 mm to 5 mm. Space between detection chambers may in some cases be sufficient to ensure that each one can be interrogated by a beam of light from the illuminator without interfering with its neighbor detection chambers. The detection chambers of the plurality may be arranged in any suitable ^^^ pattern. In some cases, the detection chamber array is arranged in a staggered pattern. In other cases, the detection chamber array is arranged in a concentric pattern. The detection chambers in the subject cartridge may be constructed from any suitable material. In some cases, the detection chambers are comprised of a polymeric material, e.g., that is transparent in a detection wavelength band. In some such cases, the detection chambers of the plurality ^^^ are comprised of polystyrene (PS), PMMA, CoC, or CoP. In some cases, detection chambers are components of the subject light interrogation system. In other embodiments, they are components of a removeable cartridge for use within the present system. Detection chambers may include an inlet for receiving diluted sample fluid, and an outlet where air and/or excess diluted sample fluid may escape as the detection chambers are being ^^^ filled. In some embodiments where the detection chambers of the plurality are comprised of an elongate structure, the detection chambers include an inlet at a proximal end of the elongate structure, and an outlet at the distal end of the elongate structure. In certain instances, the cartridge is configured such that the detection chambers are arranged upright (i.e., vertically). In some such embodiments, the inlets may be arranged at the bottom such that the detection ^^^ chambers fill with diluted sample fluid from the bottom and ascend via capillary action. In some cases, this arrangement is sufficient to minimize the generation of air bubbles when sample fluid fills the detection chambers. In some alternate embodiments, detection chambers fill from the top-down. In certain cases, the detection chambers are light-accessible at certain windows.
In some such cases, each detection chamber in the plurality comprises a first light-accessible window configured to permit entry of light, and a second light-accessible window configured to permit an exit of the light from the light source. The remainder of the detection chambers may or may not also be light-accessible. In select versions, aside from the first and second light- ^^ accessible windows, the detection chambers are opaque. Aspects of the subject systems additionally include a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. In certain cases, systems include a plurality of light sources. In some such cases, the plurality of light sources are positioned in an array. The ^^^ spectra of the light source(s) may lie in any predetermined region of the electromagnetic spectrum detectable using photosensitive arrays, with or without specialized treatments to extend the effective ranges of wavelengths detectable by such arrays. In some embodiments, the predetermined wavelength or wavelength band is in the infrared spectrum. In some embodiments, the predetermined wavelength or wavelength band is in the ultraviolet spectrum. ^^^ In some embodiments, the predetermined wavelength or wavelength band is in the visible spectrum. In some cases, the light source is comprised of one or more light emitting diodes (LEDs). In certain cases, the light source is comprised of an array of LEDs. The number of LEDs in the array may vary. The light source may be comprised of one or more LED emitters ^^^ including but not limited to e.g., two or more LED emitters, three or more LED emitters, four or more LED emitters, one LED emitter, two LED emitters, three LED emitters, four LED emitters, etc. In some cases, the number of LEDs ranges from 4 to 20, such as 5 to 15, and including 6 to 8. In some instances, an illumination component containing four LED emitters may contain two ^^^ pairs of identical LEDs or one pair of LEDs of a first wavelength and a second pair of LEDs of a second wavelength. In instances where a plurality of LED emitters is employed, any useful arrangement of the LED emitters may find use in the light source including but not limited to e.g., linear arrangement, staggered arrangement, arrayed (e.g., “checker-board”) arrangement, and the like. Useful LED emitters of the subject disclosure will vary, e.g., based on the ^^^ particular assay to be performed by the system the optical, electrical or physical constraints of the system and the like. LED emitters may include but are not limited to e.g., LED emitters with a peak minimum wavelength (^) in nanometers (nm) of between 340 and 750 nm, including but not limited to e.g., between 340 and 450, between 340 and 400, between 400 and 450, between 450 and ^^^ 550, between 450 and 500, between 500 and 550, between 550 and 650, between 550 and 600, between 600 and 650, between 650 and 750, between 650 and 700, between 700 and 750, about 400 nm, about 580 nm, about 470 nm, about 628 nm, about 528 nm, about 674 nm, and the like.
In some instances, light sources contain two LED emitters of different wavelengths where the distance between the different wavelengths will vary and may range from 5 nm to 300 nm or more including but not limited to e.g., at least 5 nm apart, at least 10 nm apart, at least 15 nm apart, at least 20 nm apart, at least 25 nm apart, at least 30 nm apart, at least 35 ^^ nm apart, at least 40 nm apart, at least 45 nm apart, at least 50 nm apart, at least 55 nm apart, at least 60 nm apart, at least 65 nm apart, at least 70 nm apart, at least 75 nm apart, at least 80 nm apart, at least 85 nm apart, at least 90 nm apart, at least 95 nm apart, at least 100 nm apart, at least 105 nm apart, at least 110 nm apart, at least 115 nm apart, at least 120 nm apart, at least 125 nm apart, at least 130 nm apart, at least 135 nm apart, at least 140 nm ^^^ apart, at least 145 nm apart, at least 150 nm apart, at least 155 nm apart, at least 160 nm apart, at least 165 nm apart, at least 170 nm apart, at least 175 nm apart, at least 180 nm apart, at least 185 nm apart, at least 190 nm apart, at least 195 nm apart, at least 200 nm apart, not more than 300 nm apart, not more than 290 nm apart, not more than 280 nm apart, not more than 270 nm apart, not more than 260 nm apart, not more than 250 nm apart, not ^^^ more than 240 nm apart, not more than 230 nm apart, not more than 220 nm apart, not more than 210 nm apart, not more than 200 nm apart, not more than 190 nm apart, not more than 180 nm apart, not more than 170 nm apart, not more than 160 nm apart, not more than 150 nm apart, not more than 140 nm apart, not more than 130 nm apart, not more than 120 nm apart, not more than 110 nm apart, not more than 100 nm apart, etc. ^^^ In some instances, LED emitters of the subject disclosure may be capable of being toggled (i.e., capable being turned on and off, including turned on/off repeatedly). In some instances, the wiring circuitry of light sources having two or more LED emitters is configured or the programing controlling such light sources is configured such that only one LED emitter may be toggled on at a time. In such instances, when a first LED emitter of an optic block is toggled ^^^ on the second LED emitter of the optic block is toggled off and vice versa. In some instances, the toggling of LED emitters of an optic block includes a time period where neither LED emitter of the optic block is toggled on. In some instances, such a time period where neither LED emitter of the optic block is toggled on is between toggling the toggling off of a first emitter and the toggling on of a second emitter. In some cases, emission power of LEDs can be adjusted ^^^ from 0 to 100% by PWM or adjusting driving current. In some cases, one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging from 400 nm to 410 nm. In some cases, one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging from 460 nm to 470 nm. In some cases, one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging ^^^ from 600 nm to 610 nm. In some cases, one or more of the LEDs in the array is configured to emit light at a wavelength ranging from 850 nm to 860 nm. In certain instances, the LED array comprises LEDs configured to emit light at 405 nm, 467 nm, 550 nm, 600 nm, and 850 nm.
Each LED is turned on independently or simultaneously to illuminate the correct wavelength for each assay. In some cases, the LEDs are edge-lit micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs). In some cases, the light source is composed of a light guide plate and a plurality of multiple-wavelength LEDs configured to emit different wavelengths of light (e.g., such as the ^^ wavelengths discussed above). LGP illuminators allow for multiple spectra without the need for an optical lens, which may reduce the size and complexity of the light interrogation system. In some cases, the LEDs are edge-lit micro LEDs. For example, systems may include an edge-lit LED illuminator composed of a light guide plate (LGP) and a plurality of multiple-wavelength LEDs. Commercially available light guide plates include, but are not limited to, those produced ^^^ by Hexatron Technologies and Consun Technology Co. In certain embodiments, LGPs include a reflective film, e.g., for incident light. Exemplary reflective films may be comprised of polyethylene terephthalate. In some cases, the LGP is engraved with reflective patterns such as dot or V-type trunking to reflect/refract the light beam towards the first pinhole plate. LGPs may be comprised of any suitable material, including but not limited to, cyclo olefin polymer ^^^ (CoP), cyclic olefin copolymer (CoC), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA) and polystyrene (PS). In certain instances, the LGP is comprised of cast-grade PMMA. In other instances, the LGP is comprised of low melt flow rate (MFR) PMMA. In certain instances, light sources comprise a collimator (e.g., to provide uniform illumination). In embodiments, the subject collimators are arranged in a honeycomb pattern. In certain cases, collimators likewise include a film for use as ^^^ a diffuser. Exemplary films include, but are not limited to Opto90 PET225 film by Hexatron Technologies. Additional diffusers that may be employed include, e.g., the Opto90Frost diffuser by Hexatron Technologies, and the like. Another low auto-fluorescence reflector film that may be employed includes, e.g., a PET 0.3 mm reflector film by Consun Technology. In embodiments of the light source that include an LGP, said light source may include ^^^ one or more prisms (e.g., 2 prisms). Prisms that may be employed include, but are not limited to, K9 prisms. The prisms may have a width ranging in some cases from 5 mm to 20 mm, such as 7 mm to 15 mm, such as 8 mm to 12 mm. In certain cases, prisms have a width of 10 mm. Said prism(s) may be separated from the LGP in some implementations by a distance ranging from 10 mm to 50 mm, such as 20 mm to 40 mm, such as 25 mm to 35 mm, and including 29 ^^^ mm to 31 mm. Where employed, prisms may be used to direct light to the LGP. In certain embodiments (e.g., where it is desirable to generate more uniform illumination power out of the LGP), light sources include a reflective cavity defined by interior reflectors, such as a top interior reflector and a bottom interior reflector, which may be comprised of any suitable reflective material. Where employed, interior reflectors may be separated by a distance ranging ^^^ from 1 mm to 20 mm, such as 2 mm to 10 mm, such as 3 mm to 7 mm, and including 4 mm to 6 mm. Interior reflectors in some embodiments have a thickness ranging from 1 mm to 10 mm, such as 2 mm to 6 mm, and including 3 mm to 5 mm. Light is emitted (e.g., by LEDs) into the reflective cavity, and the reflectors restrict said light to the cavity before it is reflected to the LGP
(e.g., by the prisms). In some such cases, light sources comprise a multiple sets of LEDs, such as LEDs on both a top and bottom surface of the interior reflectors, such that light is emitted by the LEDs into the reflective cavity and directed to the LGP by the prisms. Dimensions of the light source may vary. In certain instances, LGP-containing light ^^ sources are characterized by an LED angle ranging from 20° to 80°, such as 40° to 70°, such as 41° to 50°, such as 42° to 47°, and including 44° to 46°. In embodiments, the LGP has a rectangular or square surface area having one or more sides ranging in length from 20 mm to 80 mm, such as 30 mm to 70 mm, such as 40 mm to 60 mm, such as 45 mm to 55 mm and including 49 mm to 51 mm. In select cases, the LGP has 50 mm x 50 mm dimensions. In some ^^^ cases, the LGP comprises an inactive border surrounding an active area of the LGP. Borders may range in width from 1 mm to 10 mm, such as 2 mm to 8 mm, such as 3 mm to 5 mm. In some embodiments, light sources having an LGP have a radiation power ranging from 0.01 mw/mm2 to 10 mw/mm2, and have dimming control for each LED. In some instances, light sources having an LGP have a power variation of less than 0.01% in 10 mins, assuming an ^^^ ambient temperature change of <5 °C. FIG.1A-1B depict a light source comprising an LGP according to certain embodiments of the invention. FIG.1A presents a side-view of light source 100, which includes a reflective cavity 101 defined by interior reflectors 102. Also included are top LEDs 103a and bottom LEDs 103b which are mounted using mount plates 104a and 104b, respectively. Light emitted by ^^^ LEDs 103a and 103b is directed to LGP 106 via prisms 105a and 105b. LGP 106 subsequently projects the light in a direction that is perpendicular to the surface of LGP 106. FIG.1B presents a top-view of light source 100 as well as the dimensions thereof. As shown in FIG.1B, prisms 105a and 105b direct light to LGP 106 at LED angle ^. A border of LGP 106 is defined by distance d1. An active width of LGP 106 is defined by distance d2. The distance between ^^^ LGP 106 and prisms 105a and 105b is defined by distance d3. The width of prisms 105a and 105b is defined by distance d4. FIG.2A-2B presents an alternative depiction of a light source comprising an LGP according to certain embodiments of the invention. As shown in FIG.2A-2B, light source 200 includes reflective cavity 201, mount plates 204a and 204b, prisms 205a and 205b, and LGP ^^^ 206. These elements are arranged as described above with respect to FIG.1A-1B. Also shown are screws 207 for mounting light source 200, e.g., to a first pinhole plate. In some cases, the light source is a laser light source. In embodiments, the laser may be any convenient laser, such as a continuous wave laser. For example, the laser may be a diode laser, such as an ultraviolet diode laser, a visible diode laser and a near-infrared diode laser. In ^^^ other embodiments, the laser may be a helium-neon (HeNe) laser. In some instances, the laser is a gas laser, such as a helium-neon laser, argon laser, krypton laser, xenon laser, nitrogen laser, CO2 laser, CO laser, argon-fluorine (ArF) excimer laser, krypton-fluorine (KrF) excimer laser, xenon chlorine (XeCl) excimer laser or xenon-fluorine (XeF) excimer laser or a
combination thereof. In other instances, the subject flow cytometers include a dye laser, such as a stilbene, coumarin or rhodamine laser. In yet other instances, lasers of interest include a metal-vapor laser, such as a helium-cadmium (HeCd) laser, helium-mercury (HeHg) laser, helium-selenium (HeSe) laser, helium-silver (HeAg) laser, strontium laser, neon-copper (NeCu) ^^ laser, copper laser or gold laser and combinations thereof. In still other instances, the subject flow cytometers include a solid-state laser, such as a ruby laser, an Nd:YAG laser, NdCrYAG laser, Er:YAG laser, Nd:YLF laser, Nd:YVO4 laser, Nd:YCa4O(BO3)3 laser, Nd:YCOB laser, titanium sapphire laser, thulim YAG laser, ytterbium YAG laser, ytterbium2O3 laser or cerium doped lasers and combinations thereof. In alternative cases, the light source is or comprises an ^^^ arc lamp. In some cases, the light source is a white light lamp, such as a xenon lamp. Light sources according to certain embodiments may also include one or more optical adjustment components. In certain embodiments, the optical adjustment component is located between the light source and the detection chambers, and may include any device that is capable of changing the spatial width of irradiation or some other characteristic of irradiation ^^^ from the light source, such as for example, irradiation direction, wavelength, beam width, beam intensity and focal spot. Optical adjustment protocols may include any convenient device which adjusts one or more characteristics of the light source, including but not limited to lenses, mirrors, filters, fiber optics, wavelength separators, pinholes, slits, collimating protocols and combinations thereof. In certain embodiments, systems of interest include one or more focusing ^^^ lenses. The focusing lens, in one example, may be a de-magnifying lens. In still other embodiments, systems of interest include fiber optics. In select cases, systems include a tapered mixing rod configured to integrate incident light from the light source (e.g., LED array) and generate a uniform output (total reflection) in a smaller area. In certain cases, systems of the invention include an optional diffuser configured to improve light uniformity. In some ^^^ embodiments, systems include a folding mirror. In other embodiments, systems include a folding prism. In some embodiments, the light source is optically coupled to a fiber array. By “fiber array”, it is meant a plurality of optical fibers that are arranged according to a certain principle or pattern such that fibers of the array may be optically coupled to pinholes of the first pinhole ^^^ plate. In embodiments, each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the first pinhole plate. The optical fibers may be comprised of an elongated structure having a proximal and distal end, where the elongated structure is fabricated from a light transparent material that is configured for transmitting light from the proximal end to a pinhole of the first pinhole plate. In some versions, the fibers of the fiber array are bundled at their proximal ends. ^^^ This fiber bundle may then be optically coupled (e.g., via a suitable connector such as an SMA connector) to a light source, such as a suitable light source described above. In some embodiments, the transparent material includes a glass material such as, but not limited to, silica (e.g., fused silica). In other embodiments, the transparent material includes a polymeric
material. In such embodiments, the transparent material may include one or more materials such as, but not limited to, poly(methyl-methacrylate) (PMMA), polystyrene, and poly(perfluoro- butenyl vinyl ether) (CYTOP). The number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some cases matched to the number of pinholes in the first pinhole plate. For example, the number of ^^ optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. Each optical fiber may include a coat/cladding and a light transparent core. In embodiments, the core ranges in diameter from 0.1 mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm. In embodiments, the coat ranges in diameter from 0.1 mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1.5 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 0.7 ^^^ mm. In some embodiments, fibers of the array comprise or are comprised of light pipes. The light pipes may include a lumen and a coating to increase the amount of reflection of light waves travelling in the light pipes. In other embodiments, a coating is not included. The light pipes may be made from any suitable material. In some embodiments, the light pipe is made ^^^ from a thermoplastic polymer. In some embodiments, the thermoplastic polymer is polycarbonate. In some cases, light pipes may be molded using an optically transparent material such as PMMA, CoC, Cop or glass. In such embodiments, the number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some cases matched to the number of pinholes in the first pinhole plate. For example, the number of optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to ^^^ 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. In embodiments, each light pipe is comprised of a light transparent core without cladding. In embodiments, the core may have various diameters to match with the pinholes that can range, e.g., from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm. The cross section of the light pipes are in some embodiments circle or square. ^^^ In some embodiments where the light source is optically coupled to the fiber array, systems of the invention may additionally include a fiber array plate having holes for mounting the fiber array. The fiber array plate may be constructed from any suitable material. In certain instances, the fiber array plate includes one or more metals, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and ^^^ alloys thereof. In additional embodiments, the fiber array plates includes a polymeric material, such as a plastic material. In certain cases, the fiber array plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials. In certain cases, the holes of the fiber array plate are matched to the pinholes of the first pinhole plate. In other ^^^ words, the holes of the fiber array plate are arranged according to the same principle or pattern as the first pinhole plate. In some cases, adjacent holes of the fiber array plate are separated by a distance ranging from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 1 mm to 7 mm, such as 1.5 mm to 5 mm, and including 2 mm to 3 mm. In some cases, adjacent holes are separated by a distance of 2.0
mm, 2.1 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.4 mm or 2.5 mm. In some instances, the fiber array plate has a thickness ranging from 1 mm to 100 mm, such as 2 mm to 50 mm, such as 3 mm to 40 mm, such as 4 mm to 20 mm, such as 5 mm to 15 mm, and including 9 mm to 11 mm. In some cases, holes of the fiber array plate have a diameter ranging from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 ^^ mm to 2 mm, such as 0.3 mm to 1 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 0.8 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 0.7 mm. In certain embodiments, systems also include a lenslet array. The subject lenslet arrays include a plurality of lenslets (i.e., microlenses) arranged in an array which are suitable to focus light emitted from the optical fibers to the detection chambers. In some cases, the lenslets of ^^^ the array are configured to be optically aligned with holes of the of the fiber array plate. In other words, the lenslets of the array are arranged according to the same principle or pattern as the fiber array plate, and by extension, the first pinhole plate. Lenslets of the array have any suitable diameter. Diameters of interest range from 0.5 mm to 5 mm, such as 1 mm to 2 mm, such as 1.2 mm to 1.8 mm, and including 1.3 mm to 1.5 mm. In some embodiments, the ^^^ lenslets of the array are arranged within a lenslet plate, e.g., configured to hold the lenslets in a particular configuration. The lenslet plate may be constructed from any suitable material. In certain instances, the lenslet plate includes one or more metals, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass, iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and alloys thereof. In additional embodiments, the lenslet plate includes a ^^^ polymeric material, such as a plastic material. In certain cases, the fiber array plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials. In some cases, the thickness of the lenslet plate ranges from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 0.9 mm to 1.1 mm. In some embodiments, the lenslet plate has a thickness of 1 mm. ^^^ FIG.3A-3B depict a light source optically coupled to a fiber array, according to certain embodiments. As shown in FIG.3A, optical fibers 301 are comprised of fiber cores 301a having diameter ^Di covered by coatings 301b characterized by diameter ^DO. Each optical fiber is optically aligned to a hole within fiber array plate 302 having width W and length L. Each hole in fiber array plate is characterized by diameter ^D. Adjacent holes in fiber array plate 302 are ^^^ separated from each other in an x direction by distance PE_x, and in the y direction by PE_y, which distances may be either the same or different. Also shown is lenslet array 303, which is shown in greater detail in FIG.3B. As shown in FIG.3B, lenslet array 303 is comprised of lenslets (i.e., microlenses) 304 having diameter ^DL arranged in a lenslet plate. FIG.3A also demonstrates how proximal ends of optical fibers 301 are bundled into fiber bundle 305, which ^^^ itself optically couples to a suitable light source 306. Light interrogation systems of the invention also include a second pinhole plate. Second pinhole plates of interest include one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the
plurality. The second pinhole plate is comprised of a planar surface having pinholes located therein. The second pinhole plate may be constructed from any suitable material. In certain instances, plates include one or more metals including, for example, aluminum, titanium, brass,^ iron, lead, nickel, steel (e.g., stainless steel), copper, tin as well as combinations and alloys ^^ thereof. In additional embodiments, the second pinhole plate includes a polymeric material, such as a plastic material. In certain cases, the second pinhole plate includes one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials. In some cases, the pinhole plate is comprised of polyoxymethylene. The inner surface of the pinholes may in ^^^ some cases be coated with an anodized black material, e.g., to minimize reflective light. The number of pinholes in the second pinhole plate may vary. In some cases, the second pinhole plate includes a single pinhole. In other cases, the second pinhole plate includes a plurality of pinholes. In some such cases, the number of pinholes ranges from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 2 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. In some cases, the number of ^^^ pinholes in both the first and second pinhole plates ranges from 2 to 50. In some versions of the second pinhole plate including a plurality of pinholes, the pinholes of the plurality may be arranged in an array according to the same principle or pattern as the first pinhole plate. In certain cases, pinholes of the array are arranged in rows and columns. In other embodiments, pinholes of the array are arranged in a staggered pattern. In still other embodiments, pinholes ^^^ of the array are arranged in a concentric pattern. In still other cases, the pinholes are arranged in an irregular pattern but remain aligned with the detection chambers to be interrogated. The dimensions of the pinholes in the second pinhole plate may vary. In some cases, the pinholes range in diameter from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 4 mm, such as 0.3 mm to 3 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 2 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 1 mm. In certain cases, pinholes ^^^ have a diameter of 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm or 1.0 mm. Where the second pinhole plate includes a plurality of pinholes, adjacent pinholes in the plurality may be separated by any suitable distance, where the distance is measured between geometric centers of the pinholes. In some cases, adjacent pinholes are separated a distance ranging from 0.5 mm to 10 mm, such as 1 mm to 7 mm, such as 1.5 mm to 5 mm, and including 2 mm ^^^ to 2.5 mm. In some cases, adjacent pinholes are separated by a distance of 2.0 mm, 2.1 mm, 2.2 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.4 mm or 2.5 mm. The pinholes may, in embodiments, be separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm, 3 mm to 5 mm, 6 mm to 12 mm, and 13mm to 25 mm, e.g., for larger detection chambers or distributed chambers. In select cases, adjacent pinholes the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm. ^^^ The height/thickness of the second pinhole plate may likewise vary. In some cases, the pinhole plate has a height ranging from 1 mm to 50 mm, such as 2 mm to 40 mm, such as 3 mm to 30 mm, such as 4 mm to 25 mm and including 20 mm to 25 mm. In some cases, the second pinhole plate has a thickness of 20 mm, 21 mm, 22 mm, 23 mm or 24 mm. In some cases, the
pinhole plate has a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm. In certain cases, second pinhole plates of the invention include a light trap pocket configured to prevent stray emission light from the light source from being collected by the optical sensor. Where employed, the light trap pocked may be comprised of a void in the interior of the second pinhole plate which is ^^ configured to absorb stray rays of light. In certain cases, the light trap pocket is coated with an anodized black material to avoid internal reflection. In some cases, the pinhole diameter and the plate thickness is sufficient to narrow collimated light of chief ray angle 1°-3° and minimize the stray light and cross-talk signal to the neighbor detection chambers. The dimensions of the first and second pinhole plates may be the same or different. In some cases, pinholes of the ^^^ first pinhole plate have a larger diameter than pinholes of the second pinhole plate. In other cases, pinholes of the second pinhole plate have a larger diameter than pinholes of the first pinhole plate. In some embodiments, the pinhole image forms “super photodiodes” to measure the light intensity of all cuvettes. The pixel summation of the pinhole image is the transmittance light power of each cuvette and is used in absorbance calculation. ^^^ The distance separating the first and second pinhole plates may vary, e.g., depending on the size of the cartridge/detection chambers employed. In some embodiments, the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 100 mm, such as 3 mm to 75 mm, such as 4 mm to 50 mm and including 5 mm to 15 mm. Pinholes of the subject second pinhole plates are each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a ^^^ plurality of detection chambers (e.g., microcuvettes). In other words, the pinholes are sized and positioned so that detection chambers employed in conjunction with the subject systems (e.g., in conjunction with a removable cartridge that is inserted into the system, as described in further detail below) are in optical alignment with the pinholes. For example, pinholes may be sized relative to the detection chambers in such a manner to reduce the negative effects of ^^^ stray light and associated optical density (OD) variance. Suitable sizes may include but are not limited to those presented above. Following common optical engineering practice and using light tracing simulation, the first and second pinhole diameter, and chief ray angle can be tuned to avoid stray light reflection from the structured wall of the detection chamber. In certain cases, the first and second pinhole plates are components of a cartridge that are received by a system ^^^ of the invention rather than the system per se. As discussed above, embodiments of the invention include first and second pinhole plates each having a single pinhole. In some such embodiments, systems include a mechanical positioning apparatus configured to adjust the position of the cartridge relative to the first and second pinhole plates such that each detection chamber of the cartridge may be irradiated at a ^^^ different time. Any convenient means, e.g., motors, may be employed in the mechanical positioning apparatus to facilitate such movement of the cartridge. Aspects of the disclosed light interrogation systems also include an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the
second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. The optical sensor of the light interrogation system may vary. Sensors of interest may include, but are not limited to, optical sensors or detectors, such as active-pixel sensors (APSs), avalanche photodiodes, image sensors, charge-coupled devices (CCDs), intensified charge-coupled devices (ICCDs), ^^ light emitting diodes, photon counters, bolometers, pyroelectric detectors, photoresistors, photovoltaic cells, photodiodes, photomultiplier tubes (PMTs), phototransistors, quantum dot photoconductors or photodiodes and combinations thereof, among other detectors. In certain embodiments, the collected light is measured with a charge-coupled device (CCD), semiconductor charge-coupled devices (CCD), active pixel sensors (APS), complementary ^^^ metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensors or N-type metal-oxide semiconductor (NMOS) image sensors. In some cases, the optical sensor is a multi-dimensional array of pixels that form part of a high-resolution photosensitive array. The term “high-resolution” as used herein refers to a resolution that equals or exceeds the resolution of standard lens-based optical microscopes. ^^^ The resolution of a standard lens-based optical microscopes is defined as the shortest distance between two points on a specimen that can still be distinguished by the observer or camera system as separate entities. Pixels per inch (PPI) or pixels per centimeter (PPCM) are measurements of the pixel density of the optical sensor. The resolution of the optical sensor is the count of pixels that contribute to the final image and is typically measured in megapixels ^^^ (meaning millions of pixels). For example, a photosensitive array comprising 1280 x 720 pixels has 921,600 pixels or less than 1 mega pixel resolution, and a photosensitive array comprising 1920 x 1080 pixels has 2,073,600 pixels or about 2.1 mega pixel resolution. Micro-fabrication techniques (e.g., photolithography and plasma deposition) may be utilized for construction of multilayered sensor structures in confined spaces. CCDs have ^^^ advantages for contact optical microscopy applications, including the ability to detect light over an exposed surface. Various configurations of CCD can be used: full-frame architecture may be used to maximize the proportion of the chip available for imaging, but requires an external shutter to prevent image smearing during readout; whereas frame-transfer architecture avoids image smearing, but in the process requires a masked, non-photosensitive area of the parallel ^^^ register of about the same size as the photosensitive area of the parallel register, with the result that the imaging integrated circuit has about half the photosensitive area of a full-frame architecture. Because of the small area of the individual pixels in the arrays used in accordance with various aspects discussed herein, the charge collected in each pixel will be small under many imaging conditions; however, as the specimen is in contact, or nearly in contact, with the ^^^ pixel, the pixel’s effective acceptance angle for photons emanating from the specimen is larger than that achieved by lenses in conventional microscopy. CMOS devices have alternative advantages for these applications, including less expensive fabrication, signal processing by electronic elements embedded in individual pixels,
and the ability to read out independently-addressed pixel values individually without sequential transfer. In some CMOS embodiments, thinned back-side illuminated arrays are used; though previously requiring expensive and complex fabrication methods, these may be fabricated cheaply using bonded wafer processes such as those that use silicon-on-insulator substrates ^^ with a buried oxide layer as an etch-stop to yield a uniformly optimally thinned light-absorbing back layer (see as an example, U.S. Patent No.7,425,460, which is incorporated herein by reference). Light entering ordinary (front-side illuminated) imaging integrated circuits typically passes through overlying layers that scatter light and whose metal circuit elements block the underlying photosensitive layer; in back-side illuminated imaging integrated circuits the ^^^ photosensitive layer is close to the surface, above the metal circuit bearing layers, typically resulting in less light blocking (larger “fill factors”) and consequently higher effective quantum efficiency. The multi-dimensional array of pixels may be light sensors or photodetectors formed of semiconductor materials used in very-large-scale or larger integrated circuits. The defining ^^^ property of a semiconductor material is that it can be doped with impurities that alter its electronic properties in a controllable way; in some embodiments, the array is formed substantially of a crystalline inorganic solid such as silicon; and in other embodiments the array is formed substantially of a compound semiconductor comprised of elements of at least two different species. The compound semiconductor may be comprised of elements in groups 13- ^^^ 15 (old groups III-V), for example of elements from group 13 (old group III, boron, aluminum, gallium, indium) and from group 15 (old group V, nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, bismuth). The range of possible formulae for the compound semiconductor may include binary (two elements, e.g., gallium (III) arsenide (GaAs)), ternary (three elements, e.g., indium gallium arsenide (InGaAs)), and quaternary (four elements, e.g., aluminum gallium indium phosphide ^^^ (AllnGaP)) alloys. In some embodiments, the array of pixels are light sensors or photodetectors such as PD(s), e.g., a silicon photo PIN diode(s) having an undoped intrinsic semiconductor region sandwiched between a p-type semiconductor region and an n-type semiconductor region. Alternatively, other light sensors or detectors with or without filters to control wave lengths may be used without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. The ^^^ spectral response of the multi-dimensional array of pixels may be in the range of 300 nm to 1000 nm. This provides the capability to cover a wide spectrum of LED wavelengths. The signals from the optical sensor provide information for each pixel of the image, which information includes, or can be derived to include, intensity, wavelength, and optical density. Intensity values may be assigned an arbitrary scale of, for example, 0 units to 4095 ^^^ units (“IVlJs”). Optical density (“OD”) is a measure of the amount of light absorbed relative to the amount of light transmitted through a medium; e.g., the higher the “OD” value, the greater the amount of light absorbed during transmission. OD may be quantitatively described in optical density units (“OD”) or fractions thereof; e.g., a MilliOD is a 1/1000th of an OD. One “OD” unit
decreases light intensity by 90%. “OD” or “MilliOD” as a quantitative value can be used for images acquired or derived by transmission light, for example, the transmission blue light. In some embodiments, the information from the optical sensor is separated into multiple channels, for example, three channels, which provides particular utility for determining a four ^^ part LDC. However, the present invention is not limited to a three channel embodiment. A first of the three channels may be directed toward information relating to light emitted from the sample at a first wavelength (e.g., 540 nm, which appears green). A second channel may be directed toward information relating to light emitted from the sample at a second wavelength (e.g., 660 nm, which appears red). A third channel may be directed toward information relating ^^^ to light passing through the sample at a third wavelength (e.g., 413 nm, which is used to determine blue optical density “OD”). These wavelength values and the number of channels have particular utility when an LDC is being performed on a whole blood sample. However, the present invention is not limited to these particular wavelengths or number of channels. Additional channels can be implemented to gather information at different wavelengths and/or ^^^ transmission values. That information, in turn, can be used to evaluate additional constituents within the sample and/or to increase the accuracy of the analysis. For example, in applications where it is desirable to further differentiate basophils within the sample, a fourth and a fifth channel can be added. The fourth channel can be directed toward information relating to light passing through the sample at a fourth wavelength (e.g., 540 nm), which is used to determine ^^^ green OD, and the fifth channel can be directed toward information relating to light passing through the sample at a fifth wavelength (e.g., 660 nm), which is used to determine red OD. These OD values, in turn, can be used to identify basophils. In some cases, the optical sensor is an optical spectrometer configured to measure properties over a portion or portions of the electromagnetic spectrum. In some instances, the ^^^ optical spectrometer is a miniaturized optical spectrometer. Such miniaturized optical spectrometers are described in, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No.2017/0010154. In some cases, systems include one or more optical filters configured to permit the collection of certain wavelengths of light. Various optical filters may be employed depending on the requirements for analyzing a particular analyte. In some cases, one or more bandpass ^^^ filters are included. In some cases, one or more low pass filters are included. In still further cases, one or more high pass filters are included. In still further cases, the one or more optical filters are comprised of some combination of bandpass filters, low pass filters and high pass filters. In certain instances, the one or more spectral filters are configured to remove the sample’s and consumable (i.e., cartridge) plastic’s auto-fluorescence. ^^^ Optical filters of the instant disclosure include but are not limited to e.g., illumination filters having a center wavelength (CWL) in nanometers (nm) between 350 and 750 nm, including but not limited to e.g., between 350 and 450, between 350 and 400, between 400 and 450, between 450 and 550, between 450 and 500, between 500 and 550, between 550 and
650, between 550 and 600, between 600 and 650, between 650 and 750, between 650 and 700, between 700 and 750, about 409 nm, about 583 nm, about 475 nm, about 638 nm, about 535 nm, about 690 nm, and the like. Illumination filters of the instant disclosure also include but are not limited to e.g., illuminations filters having a full width have maximum (FWHM) in nm ^^ ranging from 5 nm to 100 nm, including but not limited to e.g., about 5 nm to 10 nm, about 10 nm to 15 nm, about 15 nm to 20 nm, about 20 nm to 25 nm, about 25 nm to 30 nm, about 30 nm to 35 nm, about 35 nm to 40 nm, about 40 nm to 45 nm, about 45 nm to 50 nm, about 50 nm to 55 nm, about 55 nm to 60 nm, about 60 nm to 65 nm, about 65 nm to 70 nm, about 70 nm to 75 nm, about 75 nm to 80 nm, about 80 nm to 85 nm, about 85 nm to 90 nm, about 90 ^^^ nm to 95 nm, about 95 nm to 100 nm, about 10 nm to 90 nm, about 10 nm to 80 nm, about 10 nm to 70 nm, about 10 nm to 60 nm, about 10 nm to 50 nm, about 10 nm to 40 nm, about 10 nm to 30 nm, about 10 nm to 20 nm, about 20 nm to 90 nm, about 30 nm to 90 nm, about 40 nm to 90 nm, about 50 nm to 90 nm, about 60 nm to 90 nm, about 70 nm to 90 nm, about 80 nm to 90 nm, 65 nm, 22 nm, 36 nm, 24 nm, 18 nm, 25 nm, and the like. ^^^ In some instances an illumination filter as described herein may be characterized in having a particular combination of CWL and FWHM, including e.g., combinations of the CWL and the FWHM described above. For example, in some instances an illumination filter of the subject disclosure may be characterized as having a 409 nm CWL and a 65 nm FWHM, 583 nm CWL and a 22 nm FWHM, 475 nm CWL and a 36 nm FWHM, 638 nm CWL and a 24 nm ^^^ FWHM, 535 nm CWL and a 18 nm FWHM, 690 nm CWL and a 25 nm FWHM, and the like. In certain cases, a multiple band filter is positioned in front of the second pinhole plate to narrow the band of incident light and reject any fluorescent signal from the fluidic sample or auto-fluorescent emission from the detection chamber so as to minimize the polychromatic radiation from the incident light source (e.g., LEDs). This may in some embodiments be ^^^ sufficient to increase the linearity of high absorbance to, e.g., 3 OD. Alternatively, a single band filter is located before each pinhole, which gives each detection chamber a signal band match with its characteristic absorption peak. For example, a 340 nm band filter of 10 nm FWHM can effectively measure NADH absorbance produced from a reaction to 3 OD and reject fluorescent emission radiation of 470 nm. ^^^ In some cases, systems include a notch filter configured to filter out stray light from the detection chambers. As is understood in the art, a notch filter weakens signals in a small range of frequencies and allows all other frequencies to pass through unchanged. In some cases, the range of frequencies corresponds to the frequency or frequencies of light emitted by the light source, e.g., to prevent such light from becoming incident upon the optical sensor. Where ^^^ employed, the notch filter may be located between the first and second pinhole plates, such as between the detection chambers and the second pinhole plate. Alternatively, the notch filter may be employed between the second pinhole plate and the optical sensor.
In some embodiments, light interrogation systems include a fiber array that is optically coupled to one or more optical sensors. In embodiments, each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the second pinhole plate (or the single pinhole plate in the embodiment described below). The optical fibers may be comprised of an elongated structure ^^ having a proximal and distal end, where the elongated structure is fabricated from a light transparent material that is configured for transmitting light from the proximal end to the one or more optical sensors. In some versions, the fibers of the fiber array are bundled at their distal ends. This fiber bundle may then be optically coupled (e.g., via a suitable connector such as an SMA connector) to the optical sensors, e.g., such as those described above. In some ^^^ embodiments, the transparent material includes a glass material such as, but not limited to, silica (e.g., fused silica). In other embodiments, the transparent material includes a polymeric material. In such embodiments, the transparent material may include one or more materials such as, but not limited to, poly(methyl-methacrylate) (PMMA), polystyrene, and poly(perfluoro- butenyl vinyl ether) (CYTOP). The number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some ^^^ cases matched to the number of pinholes in the second pinhole plate. For example, the number of optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. Each optical fiber may include a coat/cladding and a light transparent core. In embodiments, the core ranges in diameter from 0.1 mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm. In embodiments, the coat ranges in diameter from 0.1 ^^^ mm to 2 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1.5 mm, such as 0.4 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.5 mm to 0.7 mm. The fiber arrays optically coupled to the optical sensor(s) may also be comprised of light pipes. The light pipes may include a lumen and a coating to increase the amount of reflection of light waves travelling in the light pipes. In other embodiments, a coating is not included. The ^^^ light pipes may be made from any suitable material. In some embodiments, the light pipe is made from a thermoplastic polymer. In some embodiments, the thermoplastic polymer is polycarbonate. In some cases, light pipes may be molded using an optically transparent material such as PMMA, CoC, Cop or glass. In such embodiments, the number of fibers in the fiber array may vary, and is in some cases matched to the number of pinholes in the first ^^^ pinhole plate. For example, the number of optical fibers may range from 2 to 1000, such as 2 to 100, such as 5 to 50, such as 10 to 25 and including 14 to 20. In embodiments, each light pipe is comprised of a light transparent core without cladding. In embodiments, the core may have various diameters to match with the pinholes that can range, e.g., from 0.1 mm to 5 mm, such as 0.2 mm to 1 mm, and including 0.3 mm to 0.5 mm. The cross section of the light pipes are in ^^^ some embodiments circle or square. In embodiments, systems also include lenslet arrays for use with the fiber arrays optically coupled to the optical sensor(s). In additional embodiments, systems include fiber array plates. These elements are described above and may be adapted for use on the collection side in addition to or instead of the illumination side.
FIG.3C-3E depict embodiments of the fiber arrays comprising light pipes. FIG.3C shows fiber array comprising light pipes 312 optically coupled to light source 311. Light pipes 312 are configured to irradiate detection chambers through individual pinholes (not shown) in first pinhole plate 313. Also shown is a fiber array comprising light pipes 315 configured to ^^ collect light from individual pinholes (not shown) in second pinhole plate 314. The fiber array comprising light pipes 315 is optically coupled to optical sensor 316. FIG.3D presents an alternate view of the top of the same light interrogation system. FIG.3E illustrates light pipes that could be employed or adapted for use in the present systems. FIG.4A-4B depict a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the ^^^ invention. FIG.4A depicts a second pinhole plate 403 having pinholes through which detection chambers 401 may be irradiated. FIG.4B presents a profile view of the same system. As shown in FIG.4B, the system includes first pinhole plate 402 positioned adjacent to the first light-accessible windows of the detection chambers 401 near inlets 405, and second pinhole plate 403 positioned adjacent to the second light-accessible windows of the detection chambers ^^^ 401 near outlets 406. Also shown is optical sensor 404. FIG.5A depicts components of a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the invention. As shown in FIG.5A, a cartridge with detection chambers 501 having inlets 505 and outlets 506 is located between pinhole plates 503 and 502 (described in greater detail above). Also shown is an optical sensor 504, which in the embodiment of FIG.5A ^^^ is a CMOS image sensor which covers the top of the detection chamber array behind pinhole plate 503 to measure the transmitted light power of all the detection chambers 501 simultaneously. Collected beams project hologram images on the CMOS image sensor. The pinhole images 508 form “super photodiodes” to measure the light intensity of all cuvettes. The pixel electron summation of the pinhole image is the transmittance light power of each cuvette ^^^ and is used in absorbance calculation. FIG.5B depicts components of a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the invention. FIG.5B includes the same elements as those described above with respect to FIG.5A. In addition, micro-LED array 511, tapered optical mixing rod 512, diffuser 513, folding mirror 514, and condenser lens 515 are included. Also depicted are ^^^ spectral filters 510, which in this embodiment are band-pass or low-pass optical filters placed after the second pinhole plate 503 to remove the sample fluid’s (509) and cartridge plastic's auto-fluorescence. FIG.5C depicts components of a light interrogation system according to certain embodiments of the invention. FIG.5C includes the same elements as those described above with respect to FIG.5A, with the addition of light guide plate (LGP) 516 and edge-lit ^^^ micro LEDs 517. FIG.5D depicts micro-spectrometer 518 configured to receive light from the detection chambers 501. FIG.5E depicts a pinhole image 550. Region 551 is for intensity measurement (e.g., a mask).
FIG.6A-6C present different light interrogation system arrangements configured to reduce stray light. Included are first pinhole plate 602, second pinhole plate 603, detection chambers 601, optical sensor 604, and notch filter 610. In the embodiment of FIG.6A, notch filter 610 is positioned between second pinhole plate 603 and optical sensor 604. In the ^^ embodiment of FIG.6B and FIG.6C, notch filter 610 is positioned between first pinhole plate 602 and second pinhole plate 603, i.e., between detection chambers 601 and second pinhole plate 603. In the embodiment of FIG.6C, second pinhole plate 603 comprises light trap pocket 615 configured to prevent stray light from being collected by optical sensor 604. In FIG.6A-6C, first pinhole plate 602 has pinholes of diameter ^1, and second pinhole plate 603 has pinholes ^^^ of diameter ^2. In addition, detection chambers 601 have diameter d’. As shown in FIG.6C, first pinhole plate 602 and second pinhole plate 603 have thickness d1 and d2, respectively. The distance separating first pinhole plate 602 and second pinhole plate 603, which approximately corresponds to the thickness of the cartridge, is characterized by distance d3. In some alternative embodiments, light interrogation systems include a single pinhole ^^^ plate (i.e., as opposed to a first and second pinhole plate), and a reflector (e.g., mirror) configured to reflect light from each detection chamber back to the pinhole plate. The reflector may be comprised of any suitable reflective material. In some embodiments, the detection chambers at one end are metalized or treated or coated to have a mirror finishing. In other cases, systems include a mirror plate, e.g., above the top of the detection chambers. The single ^^^ pinhole plate may have any of the dimensions described above with respect to the first pinhole plate. In some cases, the pinhole plate has a d/^ ratio (where d is the thickness of the pinhole plate, and ^ is pinhole diameter) of > 10, such as > 25. In some cases, such ratios may be sufficient to ensure collimated light through the pinhole. Systems according to such embodiments also include an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection ^^^ chamber of the plurality through the pinhole of the pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber. The incident light fiber or light pipe collimates light through the pinhole to the bottom layer of the cuvette, then through the liquid sample. The light ray is reflected by the reflector and a sensor (or fiber or pipe optically coupled thereto) captures the reflected light through the same pinhole. Then light intensity is measured by an optical sensor, e.g., PD or ^^^ CMOS sensor array, and the absorbance of the liquid sample is calculated. Reflective light doubles the light path and reduces the cuvette height, lowering liquid volume. The two light guides (i.e., optical fibers for irradiation and collection) can be coaxial with clothing between, or can be separately grouped. FIG.20 presents an embodiment of a light interrogation system comprising a single ^^^ pinhole plate and a reflector. As shown in FIG.20, a fiber 2004 (e.g., as part of a fiber array optically coupled to a light source; not shown) irradiates a detection chamber 2001 through a pinhole of pinhole plate 2002. Light passing through the detection chamber 2001 is reflected by reflector 2003 back along the path it came (i.e., through detection chamber 2001 and the
pinhole of pinhole plate 2002) and is received by fiber 2005 optically coupled to an optical detector (not shown). Pinhole plate 2002 has a thickness d, and the pinholes have a diameter ^. In the embodiment of FIG.20, the ratio of d/^ is > 10. Although this is not explicitly shown, the above-described arrangement may be instantiated for each of the pinholes of pinhole plate ^^ 2002, as desired. In some cases, a processor is operably connected to an optical sensor, a light source, and a memory having instructions stored thereon which, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to calculate an absorbance from the cartridge. As described in further detail below, cartridges of the invention include a plurality of detection chambers. Accordingly, ^^^ the processor may be configured to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality. In some cases, calculating the absorbance includes calculating an average intensity of incident light from the light source. The system may be configured to, for example, measure the average intensity of the first pinhole plate for each detection chamber before a cartridge is ^^^ loaded into the system. The processor may additionally be configured to calculate an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality. Such can include measuring light intensity again after a cartridge comprising sample fluid has been inserted into the system. The processor may be additionally configured to deactivate the light source and calculate a dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the ^^^ plurality. Subsequently, the processor may calculate the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality. In certain cases, the processor is configured to calculate the absorbance for each detection ^^^ chamber as follows:
where ^ is the absorbance, ^^^^^^^^^ is the average intensity of incident light from the light ^^^ source, ^^^^^^ is the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and ^^^^^ is the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality. In some cases, the processor is configured to repeat the calculation of the absorbance for each detection chamber until an absorbance change is measured. In other words, the ^^^ absorbance measured above is considered starting absorbance at a first time point. The processor may repeat the absorbance calculation until a significant absorbance change is measured at a later time point. In some instances, the processor is configured to calculate an
analyte concentration based on a rate of change of the absorbance. For example, in certain versions, the processor is configured to calculate the rate of change as follows:
^^ where ^^^ is the rate of change, ^^^^ is the absorbance calculated at a time point ^^ when the significant absorbance change is measured, and ^^^^^^ is a first absorbance calculated at a time point ^^. In some instances, a sequence of absorbance Ai is measured at time point Ti during the reaction and use linear regression curve fitting to calculate ROC. ^^^ In some cases, the absorbance of the single or multiple wavelengths is read directly from the sensor (e.g., spectrometer) for absorbance calculation. An alternative is to capture the entire absorbance spectrum, e.g., 340nm to 850 nm. In some cases, this provides more data than a single wavelength to calculate the concentration of the product of the reaction. The systems and methods of present disclosure may employ analyses using imaging or ^^^ signal analysis, algorithms for assisting image or signal analysis, and cutoffs. The analyzing performed, e.g., to extract one or more density distribution feature values, fluorescent intensity, will vary and may include where the density distribution feature is or is not based on a color feature of the image. As such, density distribution feature values may be color feature values or non-color feature values. Color feature values will generally depend on image information ^^^ extracted from one or more color channels of the image which is influenced by the color staining of the specimen. Non-color feature values may be derived from image information extracted from the overall image or a portion thereof regardless of color mode (e.g., color, grayscale, binary, etc.) of the image, or one or more color channels, but is generally not influenced by any color staining of the specimen. ^^^ Density distribution feature values extracted from density distribution features will be indicative, either alone or in combination, of the density distribution of cells of the specimen and/or whether the image or region (ROI) analyzed contains a morphology assessment area or sample detection region. Accordingly, one or more morphology assessment area(s) of a specimen may be identified based on one or more extracted density distribution feature values. ^^^ Accordingly, density distribution features analyzed in the subject methods will include those density distribution features that may be automatically extracted from digital images and analyzed to identify one or more morphology assessment area(s) of a specimen that can be used in an assessment performed by an automated digital cell morphology analyzer. Where combinations of multiple density distribution feature values are employed useful numbers of ^^^ individual density distribution feature values of such combinations will vary and may range from 2 to 20 or more, including but not limited to 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 2 to 20, 3 to 20, 4 to 20, 5 to 20,
6 to 20, 7 to 20, 8 to 20, 2 to 15, 3 to 15, 4 to 15, 5 to 15, 6 to 15, 7 to 15, 8 to 15, 2 to 10, 3 to 10, 4 to 10, 5 to 10, 6 to 10, 7 to 10, 8 to 10, 2 to 9, 2 to 8, 2 to 7, 2 to 6, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, etc. Combinations of multiple density distribution feature values may include those derived exclusively from non-color features, exclusively from color features, or a combination of color ^^ and non-color features. Useful density distribution features of a specimen will vary and may include but are not limited to e.g., the density of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the density of cells within an image or ROI, the variation in the density of cells between images or ROIs, the size of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the size of cells within an image or ROI, the ^^^ variation in the size of cells between images or ROIs, the shape of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the shape of cells within an image or ROI, the variation in the shape of cells between images or ROIs, the pallor of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the pallor of cells within an image or ROI, the variation in the pallor of cells between images or ROIs, the color of cells within an image or an ROI, the variation in the color of cells within an ^^^ image or ROI, the variation in the color of cells between images or ROIs, the number of overlapping cells within an image or an ROI, and combinations thereof. Accordingly, useful density distribution features include but are not limited to e.g., a cell count, a coefficient of variation (CV) index for a cell count, a cell size, a CV index for a cell size, an index defining a cell shape, a CV for an index for a cell shape, an index defining central pallor of the cell, an ^^^ index defining cell color, a count of overlapping cells, and combinations thereof. Extracting density distribution feature values from an image or a ROI, according to the subject methods, may include one more image processing steps which may employ one or more image processing algorithms. Useful image processing steps may include but are not limited to e.g., splitting channels of a multichannel image, generating one or more image masks ^^^ (e.g., a foreground mask, a color mask, a threshold mask, a combined mask (e.g., a combined color and foreground mask), etc.), space filing or hole closing (e.g., hole closing in a generated mask), noise filtering, segmentation (e.g., cell segmentation), and the like. Image processing steps generally include the processing of digital images, which may vary and may be in binary (e.g., black and white), grayscale or color formats. Images of various ^^^ formats may further be converted between formats, as desired, by suitable image processing algorithms. For example, a color image may be “split” into individual color channels to produce individual grayscale images for each color channel. For example, a red, green and blue image (RGB) image may be split into individual red, green and blue channels to produce a grayscale image of the red channel, a grayscale image of the green channel and a grayscale image of the ^^^ blue channel. Color images may be converted between color spaces and split into any convenient and appropriate color channels of a particular color space including but not limited to e.g., RGB color space, CMYK color space, HSV color space, CIE color space, Lab color space, CIELUV color space, YCbCr color space, and the like. Binary images and grayscale
images may be applied to a channel of a color image and, e.g., where multiple binary or grayscale images are applied to multiple channels of a color image, a color image may be constructed, or “merged”, from binary and/or grayscale images. Where a color image is split into individual color channels to produce grayscale images, an individual grayscale image may ^^ be referred to by its prior channel designation, e.g., a grayscale image produced from the red channel may be referred to as “red” in subsequent steps and/or any values generated from the “red” channel may be referred to by their prior channel designation, e.g., the mean “red” intensities refers to the mean intensity values derived from the grayscale image produced from the red channel. Images and values derived from other color spaces may be referred to using ^^^ corresponding nomenclature. Accordingly, digital color images may be processed as color images (i.e., as multichannel images) or may be converted or split into two or more individual color channels prior to processing. When split into two or more individual color channels, any number of the resulting split images may be used in further processing steps including but not limited to all the ^^^ split images (i.e., all the individual channels of the image) or only one of the split images (i.e., only one of the individual channels of the image) or one or more, including but not limited to two or more, three or more, two, three, etc. of the split images (i.e., the individual channels of the image). Digital color or monochrome images may be segmented prior to processing. As used ^^^ herein, the terms “segmented” and “segmentation” as they relate to image processing generally refer to the division or partitioning of an image into meaningful structures or segments. Various methods for image segmentation may find use in the methods described herein or in preparation of an image for processing according to the methods as described herein. Selection of a particular segmentation method or combination of segmentation methods will depend on ^^^ various factors including the type of image captured, the nature of subject matter of the image, the desired result of the image processing, the color or monochrome features used, the desired density distribution feature value(s) to be extracted, etc. In some instances, image segmentation may make use of one or more of threshold based segmentation, edge based segmentation and region based segmentation. Specific ^^^ image segmentation methods include but are not limited to thresholding methods, clustering methods, compression-based methods, histogram-based methods, edge detection methods, dual clustering methods, region-growing methods, partial differential equation-based methods (e.g., parametric methods, level set methods, fast marching methods, etc.), variational methods, graph partitioning methods (e.g., Markov Random Fields methods), watershed ^^^ transformation methods, model based segmentation methods, multi-scale segmentation methods, semi-automatic segmentation methods, trainable segmentation methods, and the like. Other digital image processing image transformations that may find use in the described methods include but are not limited to e.g., point processing transformations (e.g., negative
transform, log transform, inverse log transform, nth root transform, nth power transform, gamma correction, contrast transforms (e.g., contrast stretching), window center correction, histogram equalization, etc.), filtering (i.e., neighbor) transformations (e.g., mean filters, Gaussian filters, median filters, image gradient filters, Laplacian filters, normalized cross correlation (NCC) ^^ filters, etc.), and the like. Embodiments of the system of the invention may comprise any convenient power supply that provides operating power to the system components, and such may vary depending on the desired use environment or use cases. The nature of the power source may vary and may or may not include power management circuitry. Typically, the system receives power, i.e., ^^^ electrical power that is distributed throughout the system, i.e., via wired connections. In some cases, the system is configured to receive power via an external source, such as, for example, a wall outlet or the like, via an electrical cord and plug. In embodiments, the system comprises a power supply unit configured to modulate electrical power received from an external source into a configuration capable of being utilized by the components of the system, e.g., one or ^^^ more rectifier circuits, transformers or the like. In other cases, the system comprises a battery unit such that the system does not need to be tethered to an external power source, e.g., a wall outlet. When present, the battery unit may comprise a battery that is a onetime use battery or a rechargeable battery. For rechargeable batteries, the battery may be recharged using any convenient protocol, including, but not limited to, wireless charging protocols such as inductive ^^^ charging. In some applications, the system may have a battery life ranging from 0.1 hours to 120 days, from 14-30 days, from eight hours to 30 days, from eight hours to 12 days, from 12 hours to 24 hours, from 0.5 to ten hours. Some embodiments are configured to receive power from both an external source as well as a battery unit. In some embodiments, one or more cartridges may comprise a dedicated power source; however, more typically cartridges receive ^^^ power via the sample fluid analysis system, e.g., via a wired electrical connection to the sample fluid analysis system. As discussed above, embodiments of the invention include one or more processors or controllers and associated memories operably coupled thereto. Processors of the invention may be used to carry out various functions of the system, e.g., as described in greater detail ^^^ above. In other words, memories operably coupled to the processor may comprise instructions stored thereon, which when executed by the one or more processors or controllers, cause the one or more processors or controllers of the sample fluid analysis system to control one or more aspects of the sample analysis performed by the system. In some embodiments, the one or more memories are located within the system. In other cases, one or more memories are ^^^ present on or within the cartridge. In such cases, the instructions on these memories may be executed by the processor when the cartridge is received within the housing of the system. Control units/processors of embodiments of the sample fluid analysis system (and/or one or more cartridges) may be configured to, for example, control internal timing, perform various
algorithms, result calculations and to operate the hardware components, e.g., mechanical components, of the system, including, e.g., controlling interfacing between the housing and one or more cartridges removably coupled to the housing. Any convenient processor and memory may be used in embodiments of the subject ^^ systems, including embodiments of sample fluid analysis system or cartridges. For example, any off the shelf, commercially available processor or memory, may be used. In particular, in embodiments, the processor may comprise a general purpose processor or a controller or microcontroller or other processor configured to control aspects of the system, or combinations thereof. In instances, the processor and memory are operably connected to each other. Such ^^^ operable connection may take any convenient form such that instructions and data may be obtained by the processor by any convenient input technique, such as via a wired or wireless network connection, Bluetooth® connections, shared memory, a bus or any other functionally similar communication protocol. In addition, systems according to some embodiments, may include a display and ^^^ operator input device. Operator input devices may, for example, be a keyboard, mouse, a touchscreen, a keypad or the like. As described above, embodiments of the sample fluid analysis system include, and in some cases, embodiments of a cartridge may also include, a processing module comprising one or more processors, which have access to one or more memories having instructions stored thereon for controlling aspects of the system, i.e., the ^^^ sample fluid analysis system and cartridge(s), to perform sample analysis. The processing module may include an operating system, a graphical user interface (GUI) controller, a system memory, memory storage devices, input-output controllers, cache memory, a data backup unit and many other aspects. Processors may be commercially available processors or maybe one or more other processors that are or will become available. The processor executes the^^^ operating system and the operating system interfaces with firmware and hardware in a well- known manner, and facilitates the processor in coordinating and executing the functions of various computer programs that may be written in a variety of programming languages, such as Java, Perl, C++, other high-level or low-level languages, as well as combinations thereof, as is known in the art. The operating system, typically in cooperation with the processor, coordinates ^^^ and executes functions of the other components of the processing module. The operating system also provides scheduling, input-output control, file and data management, memory management, and communication control and related services, all in accordance with known techniques. The processor may be any suitable analog or digital system. In some embodiments, the processor includes analog electronics which provide feedback control, such ^^^ as for example negative feedback control. The memory of the processing module may be any of a variety of known or future memory storage devices. Examples include any commonly available random-access memory (RAM), magnetic medium such as a resident hard disk or tape, an optical medium such as a
read and write compact disc, flash memory devices, or other memory storage device. The memory storage device may be any of a variety of known or future devices, including a compact disc drive, a tape drive, a removable hard disc drive, or a diskette drive. Such types of memory storage devices typically read from, and/or write to, a program storage medium such ^^ as, respectively, a compact disc, magnetic tape, removable hard disc, or floppy diskette. Any of these program storage media, or others now in use or that may later be developed, may be considered a computer program product. As will be appreciated, these program storage media typically store a computer software program and/or data. Computer software programs, also called computer control logic, typically are stored in system memory and/or the program ^^^ storage device used in conjunction with the memory storage device. In some embodiments, a computer program product is described having a computer usable medium having control logic (computer software program, including program code) stored therein. The control logic, when executed by a processor, causes the processor to perform functions described herein, including, for example, controlling aspects of a sample fluid ^^^ dilution. In other embodiments, some functions are implemented primarily in hardware using, for example, a hardware state machine. Implementation of the hardware state machine so as to perform the functions described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant arts. Further details regarding computer-controlled systems are provided below. Systems may further include, for example, a communication connector unit (e.g., a ^^^ universal serial bus (USB) connector and associated circuitry) to communicate any relevant data, e.g., results of a specimen analysis, to a remote device, such as a personal computer, laptop, PDA, cellular phone, smartphone, set-top box, etc. The term remote device is used herein to represent any device that is external to the system. Various technologies may be employed. For example, the communication connector may be of any of the following ^^^ technologies, or family of technologies (but not limited thereto): USB, FireWire, SPI, SDIO, RS- 232 port, or any other suitable electrical connector to allow data communication between the sample fluid analysis system and a remote device. The communication connector unit provides the capability to communicate with a remote device having an appropriate interface to operatively couple with the communication connector. In some aspects, the communication ^^^ connector is configured to communicate with a smartphone, such as an iPhone or Samsung Galaxy or the like. It should also be understood that more than one communication connector unit may be implemented on the system, e.g., multiple communication units on the sample fluid analysis system and/or one or more cartridges. It should be understood that the term “communication connector” is used in this ^^^ disclosure to represent any variety of connection interfaces, e.g., male or female connection interfaces. Using USB as an example, the communication connector may be any of the variety of USB plugs or USB receptacles/ports. As USB receptacles are typically located on computer and other devices, a corresponding USB plug used as a communication connector will enable
the sample fluid analysis system, cartridge, sample collection device or other aspect of a system of the present disclosure, as applicable, to be plugged directly into the USB receptacle, avoiding the use of cables. In other aspects, the appropriate USB receptacle may be used on an aspect of the system to enable communication using a USB cable (similar to many other ^^ devices such as digital cameras, smartphones, smartwatches, etc.). It should be appreciated that the communication connector unit may in some instances implement a wireless technology, in which case the connection interfaces would be corresponding transmitters, receivers, and/or transceivers. Various functional features may be performed using the communication connector unit. ^^^ For example, the communication connector may be used to transfer data from the system to a remote device. Such remote device may store the data and/or further process the data and/or combine the data with other additional information. The data may include more than just analyte measurements and may also include such things as user settings/preferences, logged data, rate of change of analyte level, and/or the exceeding of a threshold analyte level, etc. In ^^^ other cases, the sample fluid analysis system may be configured to store and/or further process and/or combine such data with other additional information. A remote device may also communicate data, e.g., raw data or any additional data (e.g., further processed data), via a separate communication channel (wired or wirelessly) to a second remote device, e.g., at a physician’s office, hospital, or third-party site, depending on ^^^ the application environment of the system. The second remote device may be, for example, a personal computer, laptop, PDA, smartphone, set-top box, etc. For instance, data may be transferred from the sample fluid analysis system to a user’s personal computer, stored therein, and then transmitted to a distant server at a hospital via an internet connection on the personal computer. A physician at the hospital may then access and review the data on the server. In ^^^ some aspects, the sample fluid analysis system may be configured to receive a program update from a remote device via the communication connector unit. In some aspects, the communication connector unit is coupled to the housing of the sample fluid analysis system. Although the communication connector is not required to be on the sample fluid analysis system, in some instances, the communication connector may be ^^^ included as part of the sample fluid analysis system so that each additional cartridge does not require the additional cost of a communication connector. If the sample fluid analysis system includes a communication connector of a first technology (e.g., USB plug), then additional cartridges have the option of including additional capabilities such as, for example, a new wireless communication protocol. ^^^ In embodiments, a remote device, such as that described above, includes a network interface which connects it to a network (e.g., the internet). A user interface application operated by the remote device may provide a user with the option to view data on a monitor, to store data on storage media (e.g., CD-ROM, memory card, etc.), further analyze and/or
manipulate data, transmit data to another device), and/or print out data such as charts, reports, etc., on a printer. Remote devices may also include a network interface (e.g., network interface card (NIC), modem, router, RF front end, etc.) used to connect the remote device to a network. For example, in some aspects, a sample fluid analysis system may couple via a USB ^^ connection to the remote device which may be a personal computer or laptop connected to the internet using a wireless interface. In some aspects, a sample fluid analysis system may couple via a micro USB connection to a remote device which is a smartphone having an RF front end to access a mobile network. User interface applications provide a user interface for using the network connection of the remote device, e.g., to forward data to a physician, ^^^ hospital, health provider, and/or other third party located at a second remote device on network. Appropriate action may then be taken by the receiving party at the second remote device. In some instances, systems include a display unit coupled to its housing. Display units may be configured to include a display and/or a display port for coupling a monitor to the system. The display unit may display aspects of results of sample analysis determined using ^^^ aspects of the system, which may include any desired analytical result that the system is configured to determine, such as, for example, analyte concentration, rate of change of analyte concentration, and/or the exceeding of a threshold analyte concentration. The display unit may be configured to include a dot-matrix display. In other aspects, other display types, such as liquid-crystal displays (LCD), plasma displays, light-emitting diode ^^^ (LED) displays, or seven-segment displays, among others, may alternatively be used. The display may be monochromatic (e.g., black and white) or polychromatic (i.e., having a range of colors). The display unit can be configured to provide an alphanumeric display, a graphical display, a video display, an audio display, a auditory or vibratory output or combinations thereof. The display unit can also be configured to provide, for example, information related to ^^^ a sample analysis, such as a current analyte concentration, as well as predictive aspects, such as predictive analyte concentrations, such as trending information. In some aspects, a display unit can be configured to include a touchscreen display where a user may enter information or commands via the display area using, for example, a stylus, finger, or any other suitable input device, such as, for example, where the touchscreen is ^^^ configured as a user interface in an icon or motion driven environment, for example. A system of the present disclosure including a touch screen may include the same functions and basic design as a system of the present disclosure without a touchscreen. In some instances, a touchscreen system would include a larger display unit compared to the display unit of a system without a touchscreen in order to accommodate the extra area required ^^^ for any touchscreen buttons that may be used. In some instances, the system does not have a display (i.e., is display-less). In some instances, the system may include input elements coupled to its housing that enable the user to make entries, selections, etc. (In certain instances, a cartridge may also
include input elements coupled to its housing.) In some instances, a touchscreen may be employed with or without input elements. Some aspects of the subject systems may also be described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos.2018/0126381; 2019/0056304; 2019/0056384; 2019/0054466; and ^^ 2022/0274109, as well as U.S. Patent Application Nos.5,096,669; 7,177,767; 7,765,069; and 7,998,411; the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. Additional information regarding sample analysis systems, including removably coupling aspects of a system in connection with performing sample analysis to determine an analyte level, are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No .2011/0256024 A1 as well as ^^^ U.S. Patent Application Publication No .2012/0149245 A1, in each case, incorporated herein by reference. Still further details regarding the subject device may be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.63/525,611 (Atty. Dkt. No. ADDV-129PRV), filed July 7, 2023. As mentioned above, embodiments of the subject systems may be configured to receive a cartridge, e.g., comprising one or more detection chambers. The housing may comprise ^^^ therein the functional elements of the system. Embodiments of devices, and in particular, embodiments of housings of devices, may have any convenient shape and size, and such may vary, e.g., based on an intended application environment or use environment for the system or, for example, a desired throughput of the system. That is, it should be understood that the housing may have a variety of shapes depending on particular design considerations. As ^^^ described herein, embodiments of systems may be utilized in a plurality of different contexts, including, but not limited to, home environments, point of care environments, ambulance environments, emergency room environments, doctor’s office environments, pharmacy environments, small clinics or pop-up clinics, hospital lab environments or core lab environments. Accordingly, the size and shape of embodiments of systems may be determined ^^^ to suit the desired environment. An aspect of the desired environment for use of embodiments of systems of the present disclosure is the number of sample analyses, e.g., determining one or more analyte levels across a number of samples, that can be performed in a fixed amount of time and/or the number of sample analyses that can be performed concurrently. For example, in certain home environments, it may be desired that the device be configured to run only one ^^^ sample analysis at a time, whereas in certain core lab environments, it may be desired that the system be configured to run one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, tens, hundreds or thousands or more sample analyses concurrently. In some cases, the size and/or shape of an embodiment of a system may be dictated by the number of sample analyses that can be performed concurrently by an embodiment of the ^^^ device. In such cases, embodiments capable of performing a plurality of sample analyses concurrently may be configured to receive and concurrently hold a plurality of cartridges and/or a plurality of sample collection devices. Embodiments of housings may be configured to hold 1 or more cartridges concurrently, such as 1 cartridge, 2 cartridges, 3 cartridges, 4 cartridges, 5
cartridges, 6 cartridges, 7 cartridges, 8 cartridges, 9 cartridges, 10 cartridges, 20 cartridges, 30 cartridges, 40 cartridges, 50 cartridges, 100 cartridges or 500 or more cartridges. Embodiments of systems may be configured to receive one or more samples concurrently, such as 1 sample, 2 samples, 3 samples, 4 samples, 5 samples, 6 samples, 7 samples, 8 ^^ samples, 9 samples, 10 samples, 20 samples, 30 samples, 40 samples, 50 samples, 100 samples or 500 or more samples. Similarly, embodiments of sample fluid analysis systems and cartridges may be configured to perform one or more sample analyses (i.e., determining level(s) of one or more analytes of one or more samples) concurrently, such 1 sample analysis at a time, 2 sample analyses concurrently, 3 sample analyses concurrently, 4 sample analyses ^^^ concurrently, 5 sample analyses concurrently, 6 sample analyses concurrently, 7 sample analyses concurrently, 8 sample analyses concurrently, 9 sample analyses concurrently, 10 sample analyses concurrently, 20 sample analyses concurrently, 30 sample analyses concurrently, 40 sample analyses concurrently, 50 sample analyses concurrently, 100 sample analyses concurrently, or 500 or more sample analyses concurrently. That is, embodiments of ^^^ devices and cartridges may be configured to determine, with respect to one sample, 1 analyte level at a time, 2 analyte levels concurrently, 3 analyte levels concurrently, 4 analyte levels concurrently, 5 analyte levels concurrently, 6 analyte levels concurrently, 7 analyte levels concurrently, 8 analyte levels concurrently, 9 analyte levels concurrently, 10 analyte levels concurrently, 20 analyte levels concurrently, 30 analyte levels concurrently, 40 analyte levels ^^^ concurrently, 50 analyte levels concurrently, 100 analyte levels concurrently, or 500 or more analyte levels concurrently. Similarly, embodiments of systems and cartridges may be configured to determine a level of a single analyte with respect to 1 sample at a time, 2 samples concurrently, 3 samples concurrently, 4 samples concurrently, 5 samples concurrently, 6 samples concurrently, 7 samples concurrently, 8 samples concurrently, 9 samples concurrently, ^^^ 10 samples concurrently, 20 samples concurrently, 30 samples concurrently, 40 samples concurrently, 50 samples concurrently, 100 samples concurrently, or 500 or more samples concurrently. In select cases, the shape of the housing approximates a rectangular cube. In other cases, the housing comprises a portion configured to be gripped by a user at the point-of-care ^^^ (e.g., in a manner similar to the i-STAT® device described above). The dimensions of the housing may vary. In some cases, the housing has a length ranging from 10 cm to 75 cm, such as 15 cm to 50 cm. In some cases, the housing has a width ranging from 5 cm to 50 cm, such as 10 to 20 cm. In some cases, the housing has a height ranging from 3 cm to 20 cm, such as 5 cm to 15 cm. Housings of the invention may be manufactured from any suitable material. For ^^^ example, in some cases, housings include one or more rigid plastic materials such as, for example, polycarbonates, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyurethanes, polyethers, polyamides, polyimides, among other polymeric plastic materials. Examples of polymeric materials include acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), polylactic acid (PLA), acrylic styrene acrylonitrile (ASA),
polyethylene terephthalate (PET), glycol-modified polyethylene terephthalate (PETG), polyaryletherketones (PAEK), polyetherimides (PEI), polypolycarbonate (PC), polypropylene, (PP), aliphatic polyamides (PPA), polyoxymethylene (POM), polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyphenylsulfone (PPSU), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), ^^ and nylon as well as composites and hybrids thereof. Embodiments of systems may be configured to be substantially sealed such that contents of samples and/or contents of cartridges are disposed of in one or more waste disposal locations of the and are not otherwise emitted from, i.e., leaked out of, the system. In embodiments, the system is substantially sealed such that substances cannot enter the primary ^^^ device and/or cartridges and/or other aspects of systems other than through dedicated entry points, such as a substance entering the sample fluid analysis system from a cartridge via the cartridge interface, for example. In embodiments, the system may be configured for self- cleaning of certain aspects of the system and in some cases one or more cartridge types may be configured to facilitate such self-cleaning functionality. ^^^ Housings of interest are configured to receive a cartridge. The housing may be configured to internally receive the cartridge in any suitable manner. For example, in some cases, the housing includes a receptacle, such as a slot (i.e., port) having dimensions suitable for receiving the cartridge. In some cases, the housing may comprise a bay of one or more cartridge receptacles, in some cases, with one or more covers over the receptacles. Covers ^^^ may be manufactured from transparent material so that a user can easily determine whether and/or which receptacles of a cartridge bay are occupied by a cartridge or by a particular type of cartridge. Alternatively, the housing may include a retractable stage configured to be actuated between an extended position and a retracted position. When the stage is in the extended position, a user may place the cartridge on the stage. When the stage moves to the ^^^ retracted position, the cartridge is received inside the housing. In certain instances, the housing is configured such that the cartridge such is only insertable in a single orientation (i.e., in a poka-yoke design). Put another way, the housing is configured so that, if the cartridge were inserted in an orientation that is different than the designated orientation, a user would be unable to insert the cartridge (e.g., without destroying either the cartridge or the housing). For ^^^ example, different types of cartridges and the associated receptacles of the cartridge interface may be shaped or sized such that only specific cartridge types can be loaded into a dedicated receptacle of the cartridge interface. In other examples, different types of cartridges and the associated receptacles of the cartridge interface comprise other physical or mechanical features, such as pins or other keying techniques, that prevent cartridges other than a specific ^^^ type of cartridge from being loaded into a dedicated cartridge receptacle. For example, in some cases, a specific type of cartridge may be shaped with a chamfered cross section such that a receptacle of the cartridge interface cannot receive the cartridge unless it also comprises a similar chamfered cross section.
The housing may be configured to interface with the cartridge when said cartridge is received therein. By “interface”, it is meant connect in a functional and signal-communicating relationship with the cartridge. Cartridge interfaces may comprise at least one receptacle and are configured to functionally interconnect the sample fluid analysis system with the cartridge, ^^ i.e., such that one or more contents of the cartridge are made functionally available to the sample fluid analysis system in connection with performing sample analysis. Therefore, cartridge interfaces may comprise, for example, one or more mechanical interconnections with the cartridge (e.g., gears, push rods, other mechanical engagement features, etc.), electrical interconnections with the cartridge (e.g., wired or wireless connections), fluidic interconnections ^^^ (e.g., tubing or other fluidic paths) with the cartridge or any other interconnection necessary for the contents of the cartridge to be functionally available to the sample fluid analysis system. Put another way, devices of the invention may be configured to cause the various functions that will be described in greater detail below to be carried out within the cartridge (e.g., sample fluid metering, sample fluid separation, mixing, etc.). In addition, devices of the invention may be ^^^ configured to emit to and receive signals (e.g., electrical signals, optical signals/light) from the cartridge for interrogating a sample fluid within the cartridge. In some instances, systems include a mechanical positioning apparatus, which may in some instances be used to adjust the location of the cartridge within the system. For example, in embodiments of the invention where there are fewer pinholes in the first and second pinhole ^^^ plates than there are detection chambers in a cartridge, the mechanical positioning apparatus may be configured to adjust the position of the cartridge such that every detection chamber is optically aligned with at least one pinhole at some point in time, e.g., so contents of said detection chamber may be optically interrogated. In embodiments, the housing is configured to mechanically hold or fix the cartridge in place. In some cases, the cartridge and the housing ^^^ are configured to utilize spring loading to hold the cartridge in place. For example, the housing may comprise a cartridge interface with a receptacle with flexible members, e.g., tabs, configured to grip or press into the sides of a cartridge as the cartridge is loaded into the housing. In some cases, the housing and a cartridge are configured to utilize gravity or magnetic interactions or other mechanical, e.g., spring, interactions or the like to hold the ^^^ cartridge in place. In some cases, the cartridge may be latched or otherwise fixed or locked into place, e.g., by a user or by a robotic feature. In embodiments, any convenient number of latches or locks may be provided. In some cases, the housing and the cartridge are configured to utilize a press-fit engagement between the cartridge and the housing. The physical interfaces, i.e., the physical interface of the housing and the physical interface of a cartridge, ^^^ may be removably coupled to one another by incorporating any of a variety of releasably engaging mechanisms, e.g., snap, slide, magnetic, Velcro, clasp, hook, hinge, lock, latch, etc. The physical interfaces, as well as the overall housing of the aspects of the system, may be
form fitted to provide a close fit for sturdy coupling, as well as to provide other functional features, e.g., portability, when coupled as a single unit. In some embodiments, the housing may be configured to enable add-on capability. That is, the housing may be configured to enable adding one or more additional cartridge ^^ interfaces such that the sample fluid analysis system can interface with different types of cartridges and/or more than one cartridge simultaneously. That is, embodiments of systems of the present disclosure are modular at least insofar as the housing is configured to add on the capacity to receive different and/or additional cartridges, e.g., to add one or more additional cartridge interfaces to the sample fluid analysis system. In other embodiments, a cartridge ^^^ interface of a housing may be reconfigurable such that, upon reconfiguration, it is capable of receiving different types of cartridges. For example, the cartridge interface may be configured to receive an adaptor that allows different or additional types of cartridges to interface with the housing when the adaptor is used. As stated above, embodiments of housing are used in conjunction with one or more ^^^ cartridges, i.e., the housing may be configured to interface with one or more cartridges. It should be understood that the housing and the one or more cartridges are removably coupled to one another. Therefore, in this disclosure, references to the cartridge(s) removably coupled to the housing; references of the sample fluid analysis system removably coupled to the cartridge(s); references to the housing and cartridge(s) removably coupled; and references to ^^^ one or more cartridges being loaded into, or received by, the housing, or similar phrases, are used interchangeably. Furthermore, when it is said that these aspects of embodiments of systems of the invention are “coupled” or “inserted” or “loaded” or “received” it is meant that the at least two aspects are currently coupled (but are still removably coupled). In some cases, in order to conduct a desired sample analysis, a single cartridge may be ^^^ loaded into the housing, and in other cases, more than one cartridge may be loaded into the housing. Loading a cartridge into the housing may comprise inserting the cartridge into the housing, i.e., such that one face of the cartridge is completely or substantially exposed to the housing. In other cases, causing a sample fluid analysis system to interface with a cartridge comprises applying a connector or interface between an aspect of the cartridge and an aspect ^^^ of the housing. Such connector or interface may comprise any convenient mechanical and/or electrical and/or fluidic interconnections or any other functional interconnections such that the contents of the cartridge are made available to the housing in connection with performing sample analysis. In embodiments, systems may be configured to indicate a required cartridge type for ^^^ performing a specific sample analysis, e.g., for determining a level of a specific analyte in a specific type of sample. For example, the system may comprise a display unit for displaying a type of cartridge that is required to be loaded into the sample fluid analysis system for performing a specific type of sample analysis. Similarly, in embodiments, the system may be
configured to provide an indication that a cartridge is loaded into the housing, or, in some cases, that a specific type of cartridge is loaded into the housing. In embodiments, the device may comprise an indicator element; e.g., the housing or a cartridge interface thereof, may comprise an indicator element configured to indicate whether a cartridge is loaded into the ^^ housing and/or the type of cartridge that is loaded into the sample fluid analysis system and/or a status of the cartridge loaded into the housing (e.g., a level or some resource present within the cartridge) and/or any other information pertinent to conducting sample analysis using the device. Indicator elements may comprise one or more indication lights, such as LEDs, or display interfaces, for example. Any convenient technique may be utilized in order to identify ^^^ the presence and/or the type of cartridge loaded into a sample fluid analysis system, including, for example, mechanical techniques (e.g., keying or a unique pin structure associated with different types of cartridges) or electronic techniques (e.g., digital encodings stored on a non- volatile memory, RFID techniques or other wireless identifiers, magnetic encodings, etc.) or optical techniques, such as bar codes, 2D bar codes or other optical identifiers capable of being ^^^ read by a camera present on the sample fluid analysis system, for example, or combinations thereof. Embodiments of systems of the invention may utilize any convenient technique for identifying whether a cartridge is loaded into the sample fluid analysis system and/or the type of cartridge that has been loaded into the sample fluid analysis system, such as, for example, one ^^^ or more mechanical/physical indicators (e.g., a specific pattern or pins, tabs or the like may be present on a cartridge and an opposing pattern of such element may be present on the receptacle of the cartridge interface of the sample fluid analysis system), or one or more electrical indicators (e.g., an indicator electrode, magnetic encoding, software identifier utilized in conjunction with a processor and memory of the system, wireless communication, RFID ^^^ identification or the like), or one or more optical indications (e.g., a bar code or a 2D bar code and a camera configured, in conjunction with a processor and memory of the system to identify the presence of a cartridge and/or the type of cartridge loaded into the sample fluid analysis system). ^^^ METHODS OF ANALYZING A SAMPLE FLUID As discussed above, aspects of the invention also include methods of analyzing a sample fluid. Aspects of the invention include introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers, inserting the cartridge into a light interrogation system (e.g., described above), and irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the ^^^ light source to analyze the sample fluid. In some embodiments, methods include introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers each comprising a first light-accessible window configured to permit entry of light, and a second light-accessible window configured to permit
an exit of the light. Methods may additionally include inserting the cartridge into a sample fluid analysis system of the invention (e.g., described above). The sample fluid (e.g., blood) may be added to the cartridge either before the cartridge is inserted to the system or after the cartridge is inserted into the system. In some cases, methods include introducing the sample fluid into ^^ the cartridge before the cartridge is inserted into the system. In other cases, methods include introducing the sample fluid into the cartridge after the cartridge is inserted into the system. In addition, methods include irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the light source, and calculating an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality to analyze the sample fluid (e.g., using one or more of the equations/algorithms described above). ^^^ When using an embodiment of a system of the present disclosure, one or more cartridges are typically used and consumed in connection with performing a single sample analysis of a sample, e.g., determining an analyte level of a sample. That is, typically one or more cartridges will be loaded into the sample fluid analysis system prior to initiating sample analysis by the system and will remain present, e.g., latched or locked or otherwise loaded into ^^^ place, in the sample fluid analysis system until the system has completed the desired sample analysis, after which its contents may be depleted, or otherwise consumed, and the cartridge needs to be removed. However, in certain cases, a single cartridge may be utilized in connection with more than one sample analysis. That is, in some cases, in connection with a certain desired sample analysis performed by the system, a single cartridge may be utilized ^^^ across a plurality of sample analyses. Detection chambers for use in the subject cartridges may be any microfluidic component configured for the analysis (e.g., optical analysis) of a sample. Exemplary detection chambers include, but are not limited to, microcuvettes. In embodiments, at least a subset of the detection chambers in the plurality comprise one or more reagent spheres/beads comprising a dried ^^^ reagent. The dried reagent may be, e.g., lyophilized or printed reagents. In some cases, the reagents are configured to dissolve quickly, as described in US patent 5,413,732, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. By “at least a subset”, it is meant that a plurality—although not necessary all—of the detection chambers include reagent beads. In certain cases, some (e.g., 1, 2, 3) of the detection chambers include no reagent or reagent ^^^ bead, such as where it is desirable for those detection chambers to serve as a control in an assay. In certain alternative embodiments, some (e.g., 1, 2, 3) of the detection chambers include a reagent bead that does not include any dried reagent, such as where it is desirable for those detection chambers to serve as a control in an assay. In various embodiments, the reagent beads are microparticles having a general shape such as spherical, cylinder, cube, ^^^ dodecahedron, elliptical, or other regular or irregular shapes. In some embodiments, the reagent beads are formed of a polymer such as a latex, glass, silica, or polystyrene. In other embodiments, the reagent beads are formed of a magnetic material such that they exhibit magnetic properties when placed in a magnetic field with no residual magnetism once removed
from the magnetic field. The reagent beads may have a diameter, width and/or length from about 0.1 µm to about 35 µm, from about 0.1 µm to about 20 µm, or from about 0.1 µm to about 10 µm. The reagent beads may be coated with a reagent capable of binding a target antigen in a sample. The reagent may comprise an antibody, an antibody fragment, an ionophore, an ^^ enzyme, a set of enzymes, a peptide with a cleavable detectable moiety, an optical marker dye identifying a type of assay bead, and/or combinations thereof. In some cases, the cartridge is pre-filled with reagents and is ready to use. In some embodiments, all or a portion of the reagents may be present. The devices may need to be stored in appropriate conditions to preserve the reactivity of the reagents. For example, ^^^ depending on the reagents present, the devices may need to be stored in a refrigerator or a freezer before use. When the reagents are not sensitive to room temperature, the devices may be stored at room temperature. The one or more dry reagents may in certain embodiments comprise a one or more non-fluorescent or fluorescent dyes such as Eosin, Methylene Blue, Acridine Orange (also ^^^ referred to as "Basic Orange 15" or "ACO"), or Astrazon Orange (also referred to as "AO" or Basic Orange 21), a component to bind to nucleic DNA in cells (e.g., blood cells such as WBCs), an anticoagulant, an antibody, an antibody fragment, an ionophore, an enzyme, a set of enzymes, a peptide with a cleavable detectable moiety, a substrate, an optical marker dye identifying a type of assay bead, and/or combinations thereof. ^^^ In some embodiments, cartridges are designed for assaying clinical chemistry panels in a blood sample. The clinical chemistry panels refer to groups of tests that are routinely ordered to determine a subject’s general health status. In some cases, the clinical chemistry panels include metabolic panels. The clinical chemistry panels help evaluate, for example, the body's electrolyte balance and/or the status of several major body organs. In some cases, the assays ^^^ are performed on a blood sample, usually drawn from a vein. Examples of clinical chemistry panels that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, basic metabolic panel (BMP), comprehensive metabolic panel (CMP), electrolyte panel, lipid panel, liver panel, renal panel, and thyroid function panel. The basic metabolic panel (BMP) includes 8 tests, all of which are found in the CMP. The BMP provides information about the ^^^ current health of kidneys and respiratory system as well as electrolyte and acid/base balance and level of blood glucose. The CMP measurement is used for liver and kidney health, level of blood glucose, acid/base balance in blood, fluid and electrolyte balance, and important blood proteins. In some cases, the CMP measures glucose, calcium, total amount of albumin and globulins, bilirubin, BUN (blood urea nitrogen), creatinine, albumin, sodium, potassium, ^^^ bicarbonate, chloride, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), alanine transaminase (ALT), and aspartate aminotransferase (AST). The electrolyte panel is used to detect a problem with the body’s fluid and electrolyte balance. For example, the electrolyte panel measures the blood levels of carbon dioxide, chloride, potassium, and sodium. The lipid panel is used to assess a subject’s
risk of developing cardiovascular disease. For example, the lipid panel measures the amount of cholesterol and other fats in blood, such as total cholesterol, LDL (low-density lipoprotein), HDL (high-density lipoprotein), and triglycerides. The liver panel (hepatic function panel) is used to screen for, detect, evaluate, and monitor acute and chronic liver inflammation ^^ (hepatitis), liver disease and/or damage. The liver panel measures different enzymes, proteins, and other substances made by liver. For example, the liver panel includes albumin, total protein, ALP, ALT, AST, gamma-glutamyl transferase (GGT), bilirubin, Lactate dehydrogenase (LD), Prothrombin time (PT). The renal panel (kidney function panel) includes tests such as albumin, creatinine, BUN, eGFR to evaluate kidney function. The thyroid Function Panel is ^^^ used to evaluate thyroid gland function and to help diagnose thyroid disorders. The thyroid function panel measure thyroid hormone such as thyroxine (T4), triiodothyronine (T3), and thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH). In some cases, a high TSH level indicates that the thyroid gland is not making enough thyroid hormone (primary hypothyroidism). The opposite situation, in which the TSH level is low, usually indicates that the thyroid is producing too much thyroid ^^^ hormone (hyperthyroidism). In other cases, the finding of an elevated TSH and low free T4 (FT4) or free T4 index (FTI) indicates primary hypothyroidism due to disease in the thyroid gland. A low TSH and low FT4 or FTI indicate hypothyroidism due to a problem involving the pituitary gland. A low TSH with an elevated FT4 or FTI is found in individuals who have hyperthyroidism. These clinical chemistry panels are well known in the art and are further ^^^ described in the assay portion of the present disclosure. In some cases, such as where the cartridge is employed for a complete metabolic panel (CMP), reagents comprise one or more of the following: 2,4,6-Tribromo-3-hydroxybenzoic acid (TBHBA), 2-Chloro-4-nitrophenyl-a-maltotrioside (CNPG3), 2-Methyl-4-isothizolin-3-one hydrochloride (MIT), 4,7,13,16,21-Pentaoxa-1,10-diazabicyclo[8.8.5]tricosane (Kryptofix 221),^^^ 4-Aminoantipyrine hydrochloride, Adenosine 5’-diphosphate, Adenosine 5’-triphosphate, α- ketoglutaric acid, Amylase, Arsenazo III, sodium salt, Ascorbate oxidase (Cucurbita spp.), Bilirubin oxidase, Bromcresol purple, Calcium acetate, Creatine amidinohydrolase (Actinobacillus spp.), Creatinine amidohydrolase (Pseudomonas spp.), Cupric sulfate, Ethylene glycol-bis(ß-aminoethyl ether)-N,N,N’,N’-tetraacetic acid (EGTA), Ethylenediaminetetraacetic ^^^ acid (EDTA), ß-Galactosidase, Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase (yeast), Glutamate Dehydrogenase (bovine liver), Glutamine synthetase, Hexokinase (yeast), Imidazole, Lactate dehydrogenase, L-alanine, L-aspartic acid, L-glutamic acid, Magnesium chloride, Magnesium sulfate, Malate dehydrogenase (porcine heart), Manganese chloride, N-Acetyl cysteine, ß- Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NAD), ß-Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide, reduced ^^^ (NADH), o-Nitrophenyl-ß-D-galactopyranoside (ONPG), Peroxidase (horseradish), Phosphoenol pyruvate, Phosphoenol pyruvate carboxylase, p-NPP, Potassium ferrocyanide, Potassium iodide, Pyruvate kinase, Sarcosine oxidase (microorganism), Sodium potassium
tartrate, Urease (jack bean), Zinc sulfate, as well as other buffers, surfactants, excipients and preservatives. Some aspects of the subject cartridges may also be described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos.2018/0126381; 2019/0056304; 2019/0056384; 2019/0054466; and ^^ 2022/0274109, as well as U.S. Patent Application Nos.5,096,669; 7,177,767; 7,765,069; and 7,998,411; the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some cases, certain aspects of the present cartridges are provided in U.S. Provisional Application No.63/612,715 (Atty. Dkt. No. ADDV-151PRV) filed on December 20, 2023, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference. In some cases, certain aspects of the ^^^ present cartridges are provided in U.S. Provisional Application No.63/563,861 (Atty. Dkt. No. ADDV-143PRV) filed on March 11, 2024. As used herein, “sample”, “test sample”, “biological sample” refer to fluid sample containing or suspected of containing an analyte of interest. The sample may be derived from any suitable source. In some cases, the sample may comprise a liquid, fluent particulate solid, ^^^ or fluid suspension of solid particles. In some cases, the sample may be processed prior to the analysis described herein. For example, the sample may be separated or purified from its source prior to analysis; however, in certain embodiments, an unprocessed sample containing the analyte may be assayed directly. The source of the analyte molecule may be synthetic (e.g., produced in a laboratory), the environment (e.g., air, soil, fluid samples e.g., water ^^^ supplies, etc.), an animal, e.g., a mammal, a plant, or any combination thereof. In a particular example, the source of an analyte is a human bodily substance (e.g., bodily fluid, blood, serum, plasma, urine, saliva, sweat, sputum, semen, mucus, lacrimal fluid, lymph fluid, amniotic fluid, interstitial fluid, lung lavage, cerebrospinal fluid, feces, tissue, organ, or the like). Tissues may include, but are not limited to skeletal muscle tissue, liver tissue, lung tissue, kidney tissue, ^^^ myocardial tissue, brain tissue, bone marrow, cervix tissue, skin, etc. The sample may be a liquid sample or a liquid extract of a solid sample. In certain cases, the source of the sample may be an organ or tissue, such as a biopsy sample, which may be solubilized by tissue disintegration/cell lysis. A wide range of volumes of the fluid sample may be analyzed. In a few exemplary ^^^ embodiments, the sample volume may be about 0.5 nL, about 1 nL, about 3 nL, about 0.01 ^L, about 0.1 ^L, about 1 ^L, about 5 ^L, about 10 ^L, about 50 ^L, about 100 ^L, about 1 mL, about 5 mL, about 10 mL, or the like. In some cases, the volume of the fluid sample is between about 0.01 ^L and about 10 mL, between about 0.01 ^L and about 1 mL, between about 0.01 ^L and about 100 ^L, between about 0.1 ^L and about 10 ^L, between about 1 ^L and about ^^^ 100 ^L, between about 10 ^L and about 100 ^L, or between about 10 ^L and about 75 ^L. In some cases, the sample may undergo pre-analytical processing. Pre-analytical processing may offer additional functionality such as nonspecific protein removal and/or effective yet cheaply implementable mixing functionality. General methods of pre-analytical
processing may include the use of electrokinetic trapping, AC electrokinetics, surface acoustic waves, isotachophoresis, dielectrophoresis, electrophoresis, or other pre-concentration techniques known in the art. In some cases, the fluid sample may be concentrated prior to use in an assay. For ^^ example, in embodiments where the source of an analyte molecule is a human body fluid (e.g., blood, serum), the fluid may be concentrated by precipitation, evaporation, filtration, centrifugation, or a combination thereof. A fluid sample may be concentrated about 1-fold, about 2-fold, about 3-fold, about 4-fold, about 5-fold, about 6-fold, about 10-fold, about 100-fold, or greater, prior to use. ^^^ In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is whole blood. Samples for hematology are typically whole blood. The whole blood sample consists of red blood cells, white blood cells, and platelets suspended in a protective yellow liquid known as plasma. In some embodiments, samples for immunoassays and clinical chemistry assays are typically serum or plasma. In some embodiments, the whole blood sample is obtained from a subject. In ^^^ some embodiments, the subject is a living subject, including an animal and a human. After a sample of whole blood is aspirated from a sample tube, a portion of the sample of whole blood must be removed from the sample of whole blood so that either serum or plasma can be separated from the portion for subsequent use in immunoassay testing or clinical chemistry testing. ^^^ In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is venous blood. As used herein, the term “venous blood” refers to a sample of blood taken from a certain vein and checked for specific substances released by nearby organs and tissues. A higher-than-normal amount of a substance can be a sign of disease in the organ or tissue. In some embodiments, venous blood is collected by a venous blood sampling process. For example, in venous blood ^^^ sampling, a needle is inserted into a vein to collect a sample of blood for testing. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is capillary blood. As used herein, “capillary blood”, or “capillary sample” refers to a blood sample collected by pricking the skin. Capillary blood is generally obtained by pricking a finger in adults and a heel in infants and small children. Capillaries are tiny blood vessels near the surface of the skin. Capillary ^^^ plasma typically contains higher concentrations of proteins, calcium and chloride, and lower levels of potassium, sodium, and urea nitrogen compared to venous plasma. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is plasma. As used herein, the term “plasma” refers to the colorless fluid part of blood, lymph, or milk, in which corpuscles or fat globules are suspended. As such, plasma is the blood's liquid component and is made up ^^^ of water, proteins, waste products, minerals, clotting factors, immunoglobulins, carbon dioxide and hormones. The method for separating plasma from blood is well known in the art. In exemplary embodiments, plasma is produced when whole blood is collected in tubes that are treated with an anticoagulant. The blood does not clot in the plasma tube, thereby the cells are
removed by centrifugation. The supernatant, designated plasma is carefully removed from the cell pellet using a Pasteur pipette. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is serum. As used herein, the term “serum” refers to the watery, clear portion of an animal fluid or plant sap. As used ^^ herein, the term “blood serum” refers to an amber-colored, protein-rich liquid that separates out when blood coagulates. In certain embodiments, serum includes, but not limited to, blood serum, serous (or serosal) fluid secreted by the serous glands, and plant sap. The method for separating serum from blood is well known in the art. In exemplary embodiments, the blood serum is collected after whole blood is allowed to clot. The clot is removed by centrifugation, ^^^ and the resulting supernatant, designated serum, is carefully removed using a Pasteur pipette. In certain embodiments, providing a sample comprises transferring the sample from a sample collection vessel to the inlet(s) via a sponge stick sampler. In certain embodiments, the providing a sample comprises transferring the sample from a sample collection vessel to the inlet(s) via a Vacutainer®. In some embodiments, a sample collection device is used to collect a ^^^ sample from a subject and provide the sample to the device of the present disclosure. In certain cases, the sample collection device is inserted directly into the device to provide a sample. In certain cases, a sample in a sample collection vessel is poured into the inlet of the device. In exemplary embodiments, one or more sample collection devices are, not limited to, syringes, sterile containers, standard urine collection vessels, sponge stick samplers, microsampling ^^^ devices, micro-needles, or other minimally invasive pain-free blood collection devices; blood collection tube(s); lancets; capillary blood collection tubes; other single fingertip-prick blood collection devices, 16-gauge or other size needles, or the like. A number of devices are presently available for collecting, handling and storage of whole blood or other fluids. In exemplary embodiments, blood collection devices include such as micro sampling devices, ^^^ micro-needles, or other minimally invasive pain-free blood collection devices; blood collection tube(s); lancets; capillary blood collection tubes; other single fingertip-prick blood collection devices and the like. In some embodiments, the blood collection device includes a phlebotomy needle connected through tubing to one end of a sample pouch. The tubing is connected to the ^^^ opposite end of the sample pouch and communicates the sample pouch with a blood bag. With this device, blood from the subject passes through the first tubing, the sample pouch and then through the second tubing into the blood bag. When the blood bag is full, the tubing closest to the bag is clamped off. This is described in U.S. Patent No.3,654,924, which is incorporated by reference herein. In some cases, the collected blood in the sample pouch is transported to a ^^^ sample holding chamber of the system of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the blood collection device may comprise an integrated double- ended needle which is well known in the art. For example, U.S. Patent No.5,086,780, incorporated by reference herein, which discusses a blood collection device comprising a
double-ended needle which is sheathed before use and safely re-sheathed after use, thereby reducing the risk of accidental needle wounds and resultant infections to a minimum. This blood collection device also serves as a holder of blood collection tubes during sample taking, with the collection tubes being easily inserted and removed through the rear bore opening of ^^ the device. In some embodiments, the collection tubes are removed and inserted into a system of the present disclosure for analysis. In other embodiments, the blood collection device itself can be removably coupled with a sample fluid analysis system of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, a sample collection device of the present disclosure is a capillary collection device. For example, the capillary collection device is, but not limited to, a lancing ^^^ device/lancet device and a finger stick. The lancing device is for obtaining a blood sample from a finger or at an alternate site of a subject. Exemplary lancing devices are described in U.S. Patent No.8,152,826 and U.S. Patent No.8,556,827; which are incorporated herein by reference. In certain embodiments, the lancing device described in U.S. Patent No.8,556,827 ^^^ comprises a lancet and a torsion spring coupled to the lancet through a lancet holder. The torsion spring includes inner, middle, and outer rings which are concentrically configured, a plurality of activation spring arms which connect the middle and outer rings and a plurality of return spring arms which connect the inner and middle rings. In use, the plurality of activation and return spring arms can be independently transformed between energized and de-energized ^^^ states using a single, button-shaped mechanism. Rotation of the mechanism is used to energize the activation and return spring arms. With the return spring arms maintained in their energized state, depression of the mechanism transforms the activation spring arms from their energized state to their de-energized state which drives the lancet from a retracted position to an extended position. Once the activation spring arms reach their de-energized state, the ^^^ return spring arms transform from their energized state to their de-energized state which pulls the lancet back from its extended position to its retracted position. In some embodiments, a blood sample from a subject is drawn by medical laboratory scientists, medical practitioners, some emergency medical technicians, paramedics, phlebotomists, and other nursing staff. The blood sample is then collected into an evacuated ^^^ tube. In some embodiments, one or more evacuated tubes containing blood samples are transported to the system of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the tubes contain a variety of additives or none at all. For example, whole blood sample needs to be mixed with EDTA, which chelates calcium to prevent it clotting, unless the clotting time is the test to be measured, in which case citrates are used. The majority of biochemistry tests are performed ^^^ on serum, and, consequently, either a plain tube or a clotting accelerator is used. In some cases, some assays may also require whole blood but are interfered with by EDTA and in this case Lithium Heparin is a suitable alternative. Procedures for sample collection by phlebotomists are well known in the art.
In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is a cerebrospinal fluid. The term “cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)” refers to a clear fluid that surrounds and protects the brain and spinal cord. The analysis for cerebrospinal fluid may look for proteins, sugar (glucose), and other substances. The method for collecting cerebrospinal fluid is well known in the art. In ^^ exemplary embodiments, cerebrospinal fluid is usually obtained through a lumbar puncture (spinal tap). During the procedure, a needle is inserted usually between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertebrae and the CSF fluid is collected for testing. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is saliva. As used herein, the term “saliva” refers to watery liquid secreted into the mouth by glands, providing lubrication ^^^ for chewing and swallowing, and aiding digestion. Saliva consists of 99% water and 1% protein and salts. The method of collecting saliva is well known in the art. In some embodiments, saliva sample can be refrigerated for up to a week before it needs to be added to the stabilizing fluid in the tube. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is urine. As used herein, ^^^ the term “urine” refers to a watery, typically yellowish fluid stored in the bladder and discharged through the urethra. Urine is one of the body's chief means of eliminating excess water and salt, and also contains nitrogen compounds such as urea and other waste substances removed from the blood by the kidneys. Collecting a urine sample is well known in the art. In exemplary embodiments, either a "first-catch" or a "mid-stream" sample of urine is collected in a ^^^ completely sterile container. The first-catch urine sample is the first part of the urine that comes out. The mid-stream urine is for reducing the risk of the sample being contaminated with bacteria from hands, or the skin around the urethra or the tube that carries urine out of the body. In some embodiments, the collected urine sample may be stored in a fridge at 4 °C less than 24 hours in a sealed plastic bag. In certain embodiments, the urine sample is used for ^^^ infections such as urinary tract infection (UTI), some sexually transmitted infections (STIs) such as chlamydia in men, or kidney damage, such as ACR test. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is interstitial fluid. As used herein, the expression “interstitial fluid (ISF)”, “lymph”, or “tissue fluid” refers to clear fluid that occupies the space between the cells in the body or fluid found in the spaces around cells. It ^^^ comes from substances that leak out of blood capillaries. Interstitial fluid helps bring oxygen and nutrients to cells and to remove waste products from them. As new interstitial fluid is made, it replaces older fluid, which drains towards lymph vessels. The method for collecting interstitial fluid is well known in the art. In one embodiment, ISF can typically be collected from skin using suction blisters by applying suction to skin at elevated temperature for up to 1 hr to ^^^ create blisters filled with ISF. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is intestinal fluid. Intestinal fluid or gastrointestinal fluid contains, for example electrolytes, bile salts, lipids and lipid digestion products, cholesterol, proteins, enzymes plus other components and may also vary
depending upon the anatomical location (stomach vs small intestine vs colon). The method of collecting intestinal fluid samples is well known in the art. In certain embodiments, the intestinal fluid can be collected through a nasojejunal tube and be made into capsules using the freeze- dried powder method. ^^ In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is a sample collected from nasal swabs. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is a sample collected from throat swabs. In certain embodiments, a sample of the present disclosure is a sample collected from vaginal swabs. Nasal swabs, throat swabs, and vaginal swabs are well known in the art. ^^^ In certain embodiments, a sample includes respiratory specimen. For example, the respiratory specimen includes, but not is limited to, nasal swab, throat swab, sputum, tracheal/bronchial secretion, and bronchial lavage fluid. In some embodiments, respiratory sampling includes upper respiratory materials and lower respiratory secretions. In some cases, the upper respiratory materials comprise nasal swab, throat swab, and the like. In other cases, ^^^ the lower respiratory secretions comprise sputum, tracheal/bronchial secretion, bronchoalveolar lavage fluid, and the like. In some embodiments, the sputum is collected by well-known process in the art. For example, collecting sputum follows the steps of i) taking a very deep breath and holding the air for 5 seconds; ii) slowly breathing out; iii) taking another deep breath and coughing hard until some sputum coming up into mouth; iv) spiting the sputum into a ^^^ sample container. In some embodiments, tracheal/bronchial secretion is collected by inserting suction catheter as deeply as possible and aspirating secretion, which is well known in the art. In some embodiments, bronchoalveolar lavage fluid is collected by use of bronchoscopy, which is well known in the art. In some embodiments, a sample includes any tissue obtained from a subject. In other ^^^ embodiments, a sample includes any cell obtained from a subject. The subject is any living subject including a human. In some embodiments, tissues may include, but are not limited to skeletal muscle tissue, liver tissue, heart tissue, lung tissue, pancreas tissue, adipose tissue, stomach tissue, gastrointestinal tract tissue, colon tissue, kidney tissue, myocardial tissue, brain tissue, breast tissue, nerve tissue, bone marrow, cervix tissue, skin, etc. In some ^^^ embodiments, cells may include, but are not limited to skeletal muscle cells, liver cells, heart cells, lung cells, pancreas cells, adipose cells, stomach cells, gastrointestinal tract cells, colon cells, kidney cells, myocardial cells, brain cells, breast cells, nerve cells, bone marrow cells, cervix cells, skin cells, etc. In some cases, the sample is tumor or cancer cells. For example, the sample includes, but is not limited to, brain cancer cells, liver cancer cells, pancreas cancer ^^^ cells, lung cancer cells, breast cancer cells, kidney cancer cells, metastatic cancer cells, ovarian cancer cells, colorectal cancer cells, bladder cancer cells, thyroid cancer cells, lymphoma cells, cervical cancer cells, gynecologic cancer cells, head and neck cancer cells, mesothelioma cells, myeloma cells, skin cancer cells, prostate cancer cells, uterine cancer
cells, vaginal and vulvar cancer cells, and the like. In certain cases, the source of the sample may be an organ or tissue, such as a biopsy sample, which may be solubilized by tissue disintegration/cell lysis. In certain embodiments, a sample may be processed prior to performing immunoassay on the sample. For example, the sample may be concentrated, ^^ diluted, purified, amplified, etc. In some embodiments, one or more analytes in a sample may be measured, detected, or assessed by a device of the present disclosure. The sample may be any test sample containing or suspected of containing an analyte. As used herein, "analyte", "target analyte", and "analyte" are used interchangeably and refer to the analyte being measured in the devices ^^^ disclosed herein. Examples of analytes provided herein are for illustrative purposes and are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure. The systems and methods disclosed herein are capable of detecting blood cells or blood cell types. Blood cells and blood cell types that may be detecting by the systems, devices and methods disclosed herein include, without limitation, red blood cells, hemoglobin, white ^^^ blood cells (including neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, and basophils), platelets, reticulocytes, and nucleated red blood cells. Various measurements of different blood components may be performed, including, but not limited to, cell count, cell size, cell complexity, granularity, hematocrit, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, and mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration. In some embodiments, the above disclosed ^^^ measurements may be performed using stain independent methods in the absence of histological staining. In some embodiments, but not by way of limitation, the analyte may be a pathogen, a prion protein, a cancer cell, a blood component, or a biomolecule. In some cases, the pathogen is, but not limited to, a virus, a bacterium, a fungus, or a protozoan. In some cases, ^^^ the prion protein may arise from a sporadic prion disease, a genetic prion disease, or an acquired prion disease. In some cases, the cancer cell may be a cancer cell from a tumor or a circulating tumor cell. In some cases, the blood component may be red blood cells, white blood cells, platelets, or proteins found in the blood. In some cases, a biomolecule may be a metabolite, a macromolecule, a protein, or a chemical compound. Any combination of analytes ^^^ may be measured by the assays of the methods and systems of the present disclosure. In some cases, assays of the present disclosure can be used to determine the presence or absence of an analyte in a sample or measure the amount of an analyte in a sample to identify or assess a disease or condition. Measurements of an analyte can be used, for example, but not by way of limitation, determine the likelihood of developing a disease or ^^^ condition; diagnose, identify, or classify a disease or condition; estimate prognosis; determine the extent of a disease or condition; determine appropriate treatment; predict response of a disease or condition to treatment; monitor response of a disease or condition to treatment; determine treatment efficacy; and identify recurrence of a disease or condition.
The analytes/properties to which the sensors respond may be selected from among particles (e.g., blood cells or microparticles), human chorionic gonadotropin, pH, partial pressure, CO2, partial pressure O2, glucose, lactate, creatinine, urea, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, magnesium, phosphate, hematocrit, prothrombin time (PT), activated partial ^^ thromboblastin time (APTT), activated clotting time (ACT), D-dimer, prostate-specific antigen (PSA), creatine kinaseME (CKMB), brain natriuretic peptide (BNP), troponin I (Tni), cardiac troponin (cTni), human chorionic gonadotrophin, troponin T, troponin C, myoglobin, neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (NGAL), galectin-3, prostate-specific antigen (PSA), parathyroid hormone (PTH), galectin-3, aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), ^^^ albumin, total protein, bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), and the like, and combinations thereof. In various embodiments, an optical sensor is configured to convert light received from cells within a portion of the imaging chamber to an output signal, and a processor connected to the optical sensor is configured to convert the output signal to a number count or percentage for each type of cell in the blood sample. In some embodiments, a differential blood cell count is a ^^^ measurement of a number or percentage of each type of cell (e.g., white blood cells (WBCs)) that is in a whole blood sample. Cell types include erythrocytes and leukocytes and platelets. Imaging can distinguish various types of leukocytes including neutrophils, lymphocytes, granulocytes, eosinophils, basophils and monocytes. The differential blood cell count may also reveal if there are any abnormal or immature cells. Preferably, the analytes/properties are ^^^ tested in a liquid sample that is whole blood, however other samples can be used including blood, serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva and amended forms thereof. Medical diagnostics often include analyses of a whole blood sample from a patient. One of the more popular diagnostics is a complete blood count (referred to as a "CBC"), which is a suite of tests that may include, in addition to the enumeration of the cellular components, red ^^^ blood cell metrics, reticulocyte counts, and a leukocyte differential count ("LDC"; sometimes referred to as a "white blood cell differential"), which is the identification and enumeration of the types of white blood cells (WBCs) present in the blood sample. In some embodiments, a differential blood cell count includes: (i) identifying the cells, for example white blood cells, within the sample residing within the chamber; (ii) quantitatively analyzing at least some of the ^^^ identified cells within the image relative to one or more predetermined quantitatively determinable features; and (iii) identifying at least one type of cell from the identified cells using the quantitatively determinable features. For example, to perform the differential blood cell count such as a LDC, the algorithm utilizes a set of identifying features, each of which features is distinguishable from the other features and each of which is quantitatively determinable from ^^^ an image of the sample. Each WBC can be characterized by the presence or absence of certain identifying features, and/or by quantitative information associated with certain features. For purposes of providing an enabling disclosure, the present invention is described herein in terms of an exemplary set of identifying features that can be used to selectively identify and
distinguish WBCs. This set is not inclusive of all possible features, and therefore the present invention is not limited to this particular set. For a WBC analysis, if for example acridine orange is used, an exemplary set of identifying features includes those entitled: Cell, Nucleus, number of Lobes, Cell Area, Nucleus ^^ Area Ratio of Large Granules, Ratio of Nucleus, Red-Green Ratio, Nucleus Shape, Cell Shape, Nucleus Brightness, Cytoplasm Brightness, Average Cell Absorption at a Given Wavelength, Nucleus Texture, Cytoplasm Texture, Cell Absorption Texture at a Given Wavelength, Nucleus Hollowness, and Cytoplasm Hollowness; each of which is described in U.S. Patent Publication No.2012/0034647, which is incorporated herein by reference. In some instances, certain ^^^ features directly provide information about a particular cell (e.g., Nucleus Shape). In other instances, a feature (e.g., Cell Area) can be used to indirectly provide information about a particular cell (e.g., ratio of Nucleus Area to Cell Area-referred to above as "Ratio of Nucleus", etc.). The identifying features are based on quantifiable characteristics such as light intensity, light color. OD, area, and relative position (e.g., shape). As indicated above, the colors may be ^^^ created by one or more fluorescent colorants admixed with the sample, which upon excitation, produce fluorescent light emission at particular wavelengths associated with particular colors. As should be understood, this principal also applies to non-fluorescent dye detection based on absorbance of a particular wavelength associated with particular colors. An example of an acceptable colorant that can be used when performing an LDC on a ^^^ whole blood sample is Acridine Orange ("ACO"). ACO is a fluorescent dye that, when mixed with a whole blood sample, selectively stains constituents within the sample; e.g., white blood cells, platelets, reticulocytes, and nucleated red blood cells. With respect to WBCs, the ACO permeates through the respective WBC and stains its DNA and RNA The color(s) emitted by the dye within the WBC arc a function of a number of factors, including: the quantity of RNA ^^^ and DNA within the dye, the concentration of the dye in the constituent, and the pH of the constituent. The present invention is not limited to using ACO, and other dyes (e.g., Astrazon Orange) may be used in place of ACO or in combination with ACO. using ACO and white blood cells as an example, if the sample is subjected to an excitation light at or about a wavelength of 470 nm, the ACO bound to materials (e.g., DNA) within the nucleus of a white blood cell will ^^^ emit light at about 540 nm (which appears green), and the ACO bound to materials (e.g., RNA) within the cytoplasm of a white blood cell will emit light at about 660 nm (which appears red). In some embodiments, one or more analytes may be a cell such as a circulating tumor cell. In other embodiments, the analyte is a biological cell (e.g., mammalian, avian, reptilian, other vertebrate, insect, yeast, bacterial, cell, etc.). In other embodiments, the analyte may be ^^^ an infectious agent, such as a bacterium (e.g., Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Staphylococcus aureus, Shigella dysenteriae, Escherichia coli O157:H7, Campylobacter jejuni, Listeria monocytogenes, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella O8, and Salmonella enteritidis), virus (e.g., retroviruses (such as HIV), herpesviruses, adenoviruses, lentiviruses, Filoviruses (e.g.,
West Nile, Ebola, and Zika viruses), hepatitis viruses (e.g., A, B, C, D, and E); HPV, Parvovirus, etc.), a parasite, or fungal spores. In exemplary embodiments, one or more analytes are tumor or cancer cells. In some cases, a cancer cell may be directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the ^^ cancer cell is detected. In some cases, the presence of a cancer cell may be detected by a change or mutation in a nucleic acid sequence of the cancer cell, including, but not limited to, a SNP, an insertion, a deletion, a chromosome translocation, or gene amplification. In some cases, a cancer cell may be detected by detecting the presence of tumor or cancer markers associated with the cancer cell. In some cases, a cancer cell may be detected by detecting the ^^^ expression of receptors associated with a cancer cell. In some cases, a cancer cell may be indirectly detected, e.g., metabolic markers associated with the cancer cell can indicate the presence of the cancer cell. For example, types of cancer cells that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, carcinoma cells, leukemia cells, lymphoma cells, ^^^ myeloma cells, sarcoma cells, central nervous system cancer cells, and mesothelioma cells. Specific types of cancer include, but are not limited to, Bone Cancer (includes Ewing Sarcoma and Osteosarcoma and Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma), Brain Tumors, Breast Cancer, Cervical cancer, Colorectal Cancer, Endometrial Cancer (Uterine Cancer), Esophageal Cancer, Head and Neck Cancer, Hepatocellular (Liver) Cancer, Hodgkin Lymphoma, Kidney (Renal ^^^ Cell) Cancer, gynecologic cancer cells, vaginal and vulvar cancer cells, Leukemia, Lung Cancer (Non-Small Cell, Small Cell, Pleuropulmonary Blastoma, Pulmonary Inflammatory Myofibroblastic Tumor, and Tracheobronchial Tumor), Lymphoma, Melanoma, Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasms, Neuroblastoma, Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma, Ovarian Cancer, Pancreatic Cancer, Prostate Cancer, Skin Cancer, Testicular Cancer, Thyroid Cancer. Markers^^^ of cancer include, but are not limited to, ALK gene rearrangements and overexpression, Alpha- fetoprotein (AFP), B-cell immunoglobulin gene rearrangement, BCL2 gene rearrangement, Beta-2-microglobulin (B2M), Beta-human chorionic gonadotropin (Beta-hCG), Bladder Tumor Antigen (BTA), BRCA1 and BRCA2 gene mutations, BCR-ABL fusion gene (Philadelphia chromosome), RAF V600 mutations, C-kit/CD117, CA15-3/CA27.29, CA19-9, CA-125, CA ^^^ 27.29, Calcitonin, Carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), CD19, CD20, CD22, CD25, CD30, CD33, Chromogranin A (CgA), Chromosome 17p deletion, Chromosomes 3, 7, 17, and 9p21, Circulating tumor cells of epithelial origin (CELLSEARCH), Cytokeratin fragment 21-1, Cyclin D1 (CCND1) gene rearrangement or expression, Des-gamma-carboxy prothrombin (DCP), DPD gene mutation, EGFR gene mutation, Estrogen receptor (ER)/progesterone receptor (PR), ^^^ FGFR2 and FGFR3 gene mutations, Fibrin/fibrinogen, FLT3 gene mutations, Gastrin, HE4, HER2/neu gene amplification or protein overexpression, 5-HIAA, IDH1 and IDH2 gene mutations, Immunoglobulins, IRF4 gene rearrangement, JAK2 gene mutation, KRAS gene mutation, Lactate dehydrogenase, Microsatellite instability (MSI) and/or mismatch repair
deficient (dMMR), MYC gene expression, MYD88 gene mutation, Myeloperoxidase (MPO), Neuron-specific enolase (NSE), NTRK gene fusion, Nuclear matrix protein 22, PCA3 mRNA, PML/RAR^ fusion gene, Prostatic Acid Phosphatase (PAP), Programmed death ligand 1 (PD- L1), Prostate-specific antigen (PSA), ROS1 gene rearrangement, Soluble mesothelin-related ^^ peptides (SMRP), Somatostatin receptor, T-cell receptor gene rearrangement, Terminal transferase (TdT), Thiopurine S-methyltransferase (TPMT) enzyme activity or TPMT genetic test, Thyroglobulin, UGT1A1*28 variant homozygosity, Urine catecholamines: VMA and HVA, Urokinase plasminogen activator (uPA) and plasminogen activator inhibitor (PAI-1), FoundationOne CDx (F1CDx) genomic test, Guardant360 CDx genomic test, 5-Protein ^^^ signature (OVA1), 17-Gene signature (Oncotype DX GPS test), 21-Gene signature (Oncotype DX), 46-Gene signature (Prolaris), 70-Gene signature (Mammaprint). Furthermore, types of cancer cells that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include gastric cancer cells (e.g., HGC-27 cells); non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC) cells, colorectal cancer cells (e.g., DLD-1 cells), H23 lung adenocarcinoma cells, Ramos cells, ^^^ T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL) cells, CCRF-CEM cells, acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cells (e.g., HL60 cells), small-cell lung cancer (SCLC) cells (e.g., NCI-H69 cells), human glioblastoma cells (e.g., U118-MG cells), prostate cancer cells (e.g., PC-3 cells), HER-2- overexpressing human breast cancer cells (e.g., SK-BR-3 cells), pancreatic cancer cells (e.g., Mia-PaCa-2)). ^^^ In exemplary embodiments, one or more analytes is a virus. In some cases, the virus is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the virus is detected. In some cases, the virus is indirectly detected, e.g., detection of anti-virus antibodies produced by a subject can indicate the presence of a virus, or the presence of a virus induces hemagglutination in blood. For example, viruses that may be detected by the assays of the ^^^ present disclosure include animal, plant, fungal and bacterial viruses. In other embodiments, viruses that may be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include those which impact animals, especially mammals, in particular humans and domestic animals. In still other embodiments, viruses that may be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, Papovaviruses, e.g. polyoma virus and SV40; Poxviruses, e.g. vaccinia virus ^^^ and variola (smallpox); Adenoviruses, e.g., human adenovirus; Herpesviruses, e. g. Human Herpes Simplex types I and II; Parvoviruses, e.g. adeno associated virus (AAV); Reoviruses, e.g., rotavirus and reovirus of humans; Picornaviruses, e.g. poliovirus; Togaviruses, including the alpha viruses (group A), e.g. Sindbis virus and Semliki forest virus (SFV) and the flaviviruses (group B), e.g. dengue virus, yellow fever virus and the St. Louis encephalitis virus; ^^^ Retroviruses, e. g. lentiviruses, HIV I and II, Rous sarcoma virus (RSV), and mouse leukemia viruses; Rhabdoviruses, e.g. vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV) and rabies virus; Paramyxoviruses, e.g. mumps virus, measles virus and Sendai virus; Arena viruses, e.g., lassa virus; Bunyaviruses, e.g., bunyawere (encephalitis); Coronaviruses, e.g. common cold, GI
distress viruses, Orthomyxovirus, e.g., influenza; Caliciviruses, e.g., Norwak virus, Hepatitis E virus; Filoviruses, e.g., Ebola virus and Marburg virus; and Astroviruses, e.g. astrovirus, among others. Specific examples of viruses include, but are not limited to, Sin Nombre virus, influenza (especially H5N1 influenza), Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV1 and HSV-2), Coxsackie virus, ^^ Human immunodeficiency virus (I and II), Andes virus, Dengue virus, Epstein-Barr virus (mononucleosis), Variola (smallpox) and other pox viruses, West Nile virus, hepatitis viruses (e.g., A, B, C, D, and E), HPV, SARS-CoV-2 (COVID-19), CMV, Parvovirus B19, Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Zika Virus, Chikungunya Virus, Babesia, Malaria, and Usutu virus. In some embodiments, one or more analytes may be a bacterium. In some cases, the ^^^ bacterium is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the bacterium is detected. In some cases, the bacterium is indirectly detected, e.g., detection of anti-bacteria antibodies produced by a subject can indicate the presence of bacteria, or the presence of bacterial enzyme activity products can indicate the presence of bacteria. For example, bacteria that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, ^^^ Achromobacter denitrificans, Achromobacter xylosoxidans, Acinetobacter baumannii, Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, Actinomyces israelii, Aerococcus christensenii, Aeromonas hydrophile, Aeromonas sobria, Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans, Alcaligenes faecalis, Alistipes onderdonkii, Anaerococcus vaginalis, Anaeroglobus geminatus, Arcanobacterium haemolyticum, Arcanobacterium pyogenes, Arthrobacter cumminsii, Atopobium vaginae, ^^^ Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus cereus, Bacillus coagulans, Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus megaterium, Bacillus pumilus, Bacillus sphaericus, Bacillus subtilis, Bacteroides dorei, Bacteroides finegoldii, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides nordii, Bacteroides salyersiae, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides uniformis, Bacteroides vulgatus, Bartonella henselae, Bartonella quintana, Bifidobacterium bifidum, Bifidobacterium breve, Bilophila ^^^ wadsworthia, Bordetella pertussis, Borrelia burgdorferi, Borrelia recurrentis, Brevibacillus laterosporus, Brucella abortus, Brucella melitensis, Brucella suis, Burkholderia cepacia, Burkholderia mallei, Burkholderia pseudomallei, Campylobacter coli, Campylobacter curvus, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter rectus, Capnocytophaga gingivalis, Capnocytophaga granulosa, Capnocytophaga haemolytica, Capnocytophaga sputigena, Cardiobacterium ^^^ hominis, Chryseobacterium meningosepticum, Citrobacter amalonaticus, Citrobacter freundii, Citrobacter koseri, Clostridium butyricum, Clostridium difficile, Clostridium histolyticum, Clostridium hylemonae, Clostridium paraputrificum, Clostridium perfringens, Clostridium septicum, Clostridium sporogenes, Clostridium subterminale, Clostridium tertium, Clostridium tetani, Corynebacterium amycolatum, Corynebacterium confusum, Corynebacterium ^^^ diphtheriae, Corynebacterium glucuronolyticum, Corynebacterium jeikeium, Corynebacterium kroppenstedtii, Corynebacterium macginleyi, Corynebacterium minutissimum, Corynebacterium pseudodiphtheriticum, Corynebacterium pseudotuberculosis, Corynebacterium riegelii, Corynebacterium tuberculostearicum, Corynebacterium ulcerans, Corynebacterium xerosis,
Edwardsiella tarda, Eggerthella lenta, Eikenella corrodens, Elizabethkingia meningoseptica, Empedobacter brevis, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter aerogenes, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter sakazakii, Enterococcus avium, Enterococcus bovis, Enterococcus casseliflavus, Enterococcus cecorum, Enterococcus dispar, Enterococcus durans, Enterococcus faecium, ^^ Enterococcus flavescens, Enterococcus gallinarum, Enterococcus gilvus, Enterococcus hirae, Enterococcus italicus, Enterococcus malodoratus, Enterococcus mundtii, Enterococcus pallens, Enterococcus pseudoavium, Enterococcus raffinosus, Enterococcus sanguinicola, Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae, Escherichia albertii, Escherichia coli, Eubacterium lentum, Eubacterium limosum, Finegoldia magna, Francisella tularensis, Fusobacterium necrophorum, ^^^ Fusobacterium nucleatum, Fusobacterium periodonticum, Fusobacterium varium, Gardnerella vaginalis, Gemella morbillorum, Geobacillus stearothermophilus, Granulicatella adiacens, Haemophilus ducreyi, Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Hafnia alvei, Halomonas venusta, Helicobacter cinaedi, Helicobacter pylori, Kingella kingae, Klebsiella granulomatis, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Lactobacillus acidophilus, ^^^ Lactobacillus crispatus, Lactobacillus delbrueckii, Lactobacillus jensenii, Lactococcus garvieae, Legionella pneumophila, Leptospira interrogans, Listeria monocytogenes, Micrococcus luteus, Moraxella catarrhalis, Morganella morganii, Mycoplasma genitalium, Mycoplasma hominis, Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Neisseria meningitidis, Nocardia cyriacigeorgica, Odoribacter splanchnicus, Pantoea agglomerans, Parabacteroides distasonis, Parvimonas micra, ^^^ Pasteurella multocida, Pediococcus damnosus, Peptoniphilus asaccharolyticus, Peptoniphilus gorbachii, Peptostreptococcus anaerobius, Plesiomonas shigelloides, Porphyromonas asaccharolytica, Porphyromonas gingivalis, Prevotella bivia, Prevotella bivia, Prevotella corporis, Prevotella intermedia, Prevotella melaninogenica, Prevotella nigrescens, Prevotella timonensis, Prevotella veroralis, Propionibacterium acnes, Propionibacterium avidum, ^^^ Propionibacterium granulosum, Proteus mirabilis, Proteus vulgaris, Providencia rettgeri, Providencia stuartii, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas putida, Rothia dentocariosa, Rothia mucilaginosa, Salmonella enterica, Serratia marcescens, Serratia plymuthica, Shigella boydii, Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei, Spirillum minus, Staphylococcus aureus, Staphylococcus auricularis, Staphylococcus capitis, ^^^ Staphylococcus caprae, Staphylococcus carnosus, Staphylococcus cohnii, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Staphylococcus haemolyticus, Staphylococcus hominis, Staphylococcus lugdunensis, Staphylococcus pasteuri, Staphylococcus pettenkoferi, Staphylococcus pulvereri, Staphylococcus saccharolyticus, Staphylococcus saprophyticus, Staphylococcus schleiferi, Staphylococcus simulans, Staphylococcus warneri, Staphylococcus xylosus, ^^^ Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Streptobacillus moniliformis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus anginosus, Streptococcus bovis, Streptococcus canis, Streptococcus constellatus, Streptococcus dysgalactiae, Streptococcus equi, Streptococcus gallolyticus, Streptococcus gordonii, Streptococcus infantarius, Streptococcus iniae, Streptococcus
intermedius, Streptococcus lutetiensis, Streptococcus mitis, Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus oralis, Streptococcus pasteurianus, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus porcinus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus salivarius, Streptococcus salivarius, Streptococcus sanguinis, Streptococcus sobrinus, Streptococcus suis, Streptococcus ^^ vestibularis, Sutterella wadsworthensis, Treponema pallidum, Ureaplasma parvum, Vagococcus fluvialis, Veillonella atypica, Veillonella parvula, Vibrio alginolyticus, Vibrio cholerae, Vibrio fluvialis, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Vibrio vulnificus, Yersinia enterocolitica, Yersinia pestis, Yersinia pseudotuberculosis. In exemplary embodiments, one or more analytes may be a fungus. In some cases, the ^^^ fungus is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the fungus is detected. In some cases, the fungus is indirectly detected, e.g., a cell wall component of a fungus released into the blood can indicate the presence of the fungus. In certain embodiments, fungi that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, fungi from a fungal genera selected from the group consisting of Candida, Aspergillus, Rhyzopus, ^^^ Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Pneumocystis, Stachybotrys, Sporothrix, Trichophyton, Microsporum, Blastomyces, Mucoromycotina, Coccidioides, Exserohilum, Cladosporium, Coccoides, Encephalitozoon, Encephalitozoon, Fusarium, Lichtheimia, Mortierella, Malassezia, Prototheca, Pythium, Rhodotorula, Fusarium, Thielaviopsis, Verticillium, Magnaporthe, Sclerotinia, Ustilago, Rhizoctonia, Puccinia, Armillaria, Botrytis, Blumeria, Mycosphaerella, ^^^ Colletotrichum, Melampsora, Saprolegniasis, Ichthyosporidium, Exophiala, Branchiomycosis, and Penicillium. Specific examples of fungal species that can be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, Candida albicans, C. glabrata, C. parapsilosis, C. tropicalis, and C. auris; Cryptococcus neoformans and C. gattii; Coccidioides immitis and C. posadasii; Histoplasma capsulatum; Blastomyces dermatitidis; and Pneumocystis jirovecii. ^^^ In some embodiments, one or more analytes may be a protozoa. In some cases, the protozoan is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the protozoan is detected. In other cases, the protozoan is indirectly detected, e.g., a metabolic product of the protozoan can indicate the presence of the protozoan. In some cases, classes of protozoa that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, ^^^ Plasmodium (malaria), Leishmania (leishmaniasis), Trypanosoma (sleeping sickness and Chagas disease), Cryptosporidium, Giardia, Toxoplasma, Babesia, Balantidium and Entamoeba. Specific examples of protozoa that can be detected by the assays of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium ovale, Plasmodium malariae, Plasmodium vivax, Leishmania donovani, Trypanosoma brucei, ^^^ Trypanosoma cruzi, Toxoplasma gondii and Babesia microti. In exemplary embodiments, one or more analytes may be a prion protein. In some cases, the prion is directly detected, e.g., a nucleic acid or an antigen specific to the prion is detected. In other cases, the presence of prions or potential for prion formation is detected by
identifying a mutation in a nucleic acid sequence. In some cases, the presence of structures formed by prions can indicate the presence of prions. In some cases, the prion is indirectly detected, e.g., biochemical changes induced by prion formation can indicate the presence of prions. In some cases, prions are amplified prior to detection using methods such as protein ^^ misfolding cyclic amplification (PMCA) or real-time quaking-induced conversion (RT-QUIC). Exemplary prion proteins include, but are not limited to, Scrapie (Sheep and goats), transmissible mink encephalopathy (TME), chronic wasting disease (CWD) in mule deer and elk, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE) cattle, feline spongiform encephalopathy (FSE) in cats, exotic ungulate encephalopathy (EUE), Kuru in humans, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease ^^^ (CJD) in humans, Fatal familial insomnia (FFI) in humans and Gerstmann-Strässler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS) in humans. In some embodiments, one or more analytes measured by the assays of the methods and systems of the present disclosure may be a blood component. Examples of blood components that may be detected by assays of the present disclosure include, but are not ^^^ limited to, red blood cells, hemoglobin, white blood cells (including neutrophils, lymphocytes, monocytes, eosinophils, and basophils), platelets, reticulocytes, and nucleated red blood cells. Various measurements of different blood components may be performed, including, but not limited to, cell count, cell size, cell complexity, granularity, hematocrit, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, and mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration. ^^^ In some embodiments, one or more analytes may be a biomolecule. Non-limiting examples of biomolecules include macromolecules such as, for example, proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates. In certain instances, the analyte may be hormones, antibodies, growth factors, cytokines, electrolytes (e.g., sodium, potassium, and chloride), enzymes (e.g., alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, lactate dehydrogenase, and amylase), ^^^ receptors (e.g., neural, hormonal, nutrient, and cell surface receptors) or their ligands, cancer markers (e.g., PSA, TNF-alpha), markers of myocardial infarction (e.g., troponin, creatine kinase, and the like), toxins, drugs (e.g., therapeutic drugs, drugs of addiction), metabolic agents (e.g., including vitamins and minerals), metabolic products (e.g., glucose, urea nitrogen triglycerides, uric acid), nutrients, and the like. Non-limiting embodiments of protein analytes ^^^ include peptides, polypeptides, protein fragments, protein complexes, fusion proteins, recombinant proteins, phosphoproteins, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, and the like. In certain embodiments, the analyte may be a post-translationally modified protein (e.g., phosphorylated, methylated, glycosylated protein). In certain embodiments, the analyte is a nucleic acid. In certain embodiments, the analyte is a protein or a small molecule. ^^^ A non-limiting list of analytes that may be analyzed by the devices presented herein include A^42 amyloid beta-protein, fetuin-A, tau, secretogranin II, prion protein, Alpha- synuclein, tau protein, neurofilament light chain, parkin, PTEN induced putative kinase 1, DJ-1, leucine-rich repeat kinase 2, mutated ATP13A2, Apo H, ceruloplasmin, Peroxisome proliferator-
activated receptor gamma coactivator-1 alpha (PGC-1^), transthyretin, Vitamin D-binding Protein, proapoptotic kinase R (PKR) and its phosphorylated PKR (pPKR), CXCL13, IL-12p40, CXCL13, IL-8, Dkk-3 (semen), p14 endocan fragment, Serum, ACE2, autoantibody to CD25, hTERT, CAI25 (MUC 16), VEGF, sIL-2, Osteopontin, Human epididymis protein 4 (HE4), ^^ Alpha-Fetoprotein, Albumin, albuminuria, microalbuminuria, neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (NGAL), interleukin 18 (IL-18), Kidney Injury Molecule -1 (KIM-1), Liver Fatty Acid Binding Protein (L-FABP), LMP1, BARF1, IL-8, carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), BRAF, CCNI, EGRF, FGF19, FRS2, GREB1, and LZTS1, alpha-amylase, carcinoembryonic antigen, CA 125, IL8, thioredoxin, beta-2 microglobulin levels - monitor activity of the virus, tumor necrosis factor- ^^^ alpha receptors - monitor activity of the virus, CA15-3, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), leutinizing hormone (LH), T-cell lymphoma invasion and metastasis 1 (TIAM1), N-cadherin, EC39, amphiregulin, dUTPase, secretory gelsolin (pGSN), PSA (prostate specific antigen), thymosin ^l5, insulin, plasma C-peptide, glycosylated hemoglobin (HBA1c), C-Reactive Protein (CRP), Interleukin-6 (IL-6), ARHGDIB (Rho GDP-dissociation inhibitor 2), CFL1 (Cofilin-1), ^^^ PFN1 (profilin-1), GSTP1 (Glutathione S-transferase P), S100A11 (Protein S100- A11), PRDX6 (Peroxiredoxin-6), HSPE1 (10 kDa heat shock protein, mitochondrial), LYZ (Lysozyme C precursor), GPI (Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase), HIST2H2AA (Histone H2A type 2-A), GAPDH (Glyceraldehyde-3- phosphate dehydrogenase), HSPG2 (Basement membrane- specific heparan sulfate proteoglycan core protein precursor), LGALS3BP (Galectin-3-binding ^^^ protein precursor), CTSD (Cathepsin D precursor), APOE (Apolipoprotein E precursor), IQGAP1 (Ras GTPase-activating-like protein IQGAP1), CP (Ceruloplasmin precursor), and IGLC2 (IGLC1 protein), PCDGF/GP88, EGFR, HER2, MUC4, IGF-IR, p27(kip1), Akt, HER3, HER4, PTEN, PIK3CA, SHIP, Grb2, Gab2, PDK-1 (3-phosphoinositide dependent protein kinase-1), TSC1, TSC2, mTOR, MIG-6 (ERBB receptor feedback inhibitor 1), S6K, src, KRAS, ^^^ MEK mitogen-activated protein kinase 1, cMYC, TOPO II topoisomerase (DNA) II alpha 170 kDa, FRAP1, NRG1, ESR1, ESR2, PGR, CDKN1B, MAP2K1, NEDD4-1, FOXO3A, PPP1R1B, PXN, ELA2, CTNNB1, AR, EPHB2, KLF6, ANXA7, NKX3-1, PITX2, MKI67, PHLPP, adiponectin (ADIPOQ), fibrinogen alpha chain (FGA), leptin (LEP), advanced glycosylation end product-specific receptor (AGER aka RAGE), alpha-2-HS-glycoprotein (AHSG), angiogenin ^^^ (ANG), CD14 molecule (CD14), ferritin (FTH1), insulin-like growth factor binding protein 1 (IGFBP1), interleukin 2 receptor, alpha (IL2RA), vascular cell adhesion molecule 1 (VCAM1) and Von Willebrand factor (VWF), myeloperoxidase (MPO), IL1^, TNF^, perinuclear anti- neutrophil cytoplasmic antibody (p-ANCA), lactoferrin, calprotectin, Wilm's Tumor-1 protein, Aquaporin-1, MLL3, AMBP, VDAC1, E. coli enterotoxins (heat-labile exotoxin, heat-stable ^^^ enterotoxin), influenza HA antigen, tetanus toxin, diphtheria toxin, botulinum toxins, Shiga toxin, Shiga-like toxin I, Shiga-like toxin II, Clostridium difficile toxins A and B, etc. Exemplary targets of nucleic acid aptamers that may be measured in a sample such as an environmental sample, a biological sample obtained from a patient or subject in need using
the subject devices include: drugs of abuse (e.g. cocaine), protein biomarkers (including, but not limited to, Nucleolin, nuclear factor-kB essential modulator (NEMO), CD-30, protein tyrosine kinase 7 (PTK7), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), MUC1 glycoform, immunoglobulin µ Heavy Chains (IGHM), Immunoglobulin E, ^v^3 integrin, ^-thrombin, HIV gp120, NF-^B, E2F ^^ transcription factor, HER3, Plasminogen activator inhibitor, Tenascin C,CXCL12/SDF-1, prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA), gastric cancer cells, HGC-27); cells (including, but not limited to, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), colorectal cancer cells, (DLD-1), H23 lung adenocarcinoma cells, Ramos cells, T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL) cells, CCRF- CEM, acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cells (HL60), small-cell lung cancer (SCLC) cells, NCIH69, ^^^ human glioblastoma cells, U118-MG, PC-3 cells, HER-2-overexpressing human breast cancer cells, SK-BR-3, pancreatic cancer cell line (Mia-PaCa-2)); and infectious agents (including, but not limited to, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Staphylococcus aureus, Shigella dysenteriae, Escherichia coli O157:H7, Campylobacter jejuni, Listeria monocytogenes, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella O8, Salmonella enteritidis). ^^^ Exemplary targets of protein or peptide aptamers that may be measured in a sample obtained from a patient or subject in need using the subject devices include, but are not limited to: HBV core capsid protein, CDK2, E2F transcription factor, Thymidylate synthase, Ras, EB1, and Receptor for Advanced Glycated End products (RAGE). Aptamers, and use and methods of production thereof are reviewed in e.g., Shum et al., J Cancer Ther.20134:872; Zhang et ^^^ al., Curr Med Chem.2011;18:4185; Zhu et al., Chem Commun (Camb).201248:10472; Crawford et al., Brief Funct Genomic Proteomic.20032:72; Reverdatto et al., PLoS One.2013 8:e65180. In certain cases, a biological sample (e.g., human blood sample) that contains or is suspected of containing a target nucleic acid may undergo preparation/processing prior to ^^^ detection by a sample fluid analysis system of a system of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the preparation/processing may include the following steps: i) isolation of total nucleic acid that contains a target nucleic acid from the sample, ii) optionally, enrichment of the target nucleic acid, iii) amplification of the target nucleic acid, and iv) processing of the amplified target nucleic acid. Each step can be performed manually, automatically, or by a combination ^^^ thereof. In certain embodiments, the analyte is not amplified (i.e., the copy number of the analyte is not increased) prior to the measurement of the analyte. For example, in cases where the analyte is DNA or RNA, the analyte is not replicated to increase copy numbers of the analyte. In some cases, methods involve the use of one or more reference standards for ^^^ quantifying an analyte. The reference standards may be employed to establish standard curves for interpolation and/or extrapolation of the analyte concentrations. In other embodiments, a system of the present disclosure may include reference standards that vary in terms of concentration level. For example, the device may include one or more reference standards with
either a high concentration level, a medium concentration level, or a low concentration level. In terms of ranges of concentrations for the reference standard, this can be optimized per the assay. Exemplary concentration ranges for the reference standards include but are not limited to, for example: about 10 fg/mL, about 20 fg/mL, about 50 fg/mL, about 75 fg/mL, about 100 fg/mL, ^^ about 150 fg/mL, about 200 fg/mL, about 250 fg/mL, about 500 fg/mL, about 750 fg/mL, about 1000 fg/mL, about 10 pg/mL, about 20 pg/mL, about 50 pg/mL, about 75 pg/mL, about 100 pg/mL, about 150 pg/mL, about 200 pg/mL, about 250 pg/mL, about 500 pg/mL, about 750 pg/mL, about 1 ng/mL, about 5 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL, about 12.5 ng/mL, about 15 ng/mL, about 20 ng/mL, about 25 ng/mL, about 40 ng/mL, about 45 ng/mL, about 50 ng/mL, about 55 ng/mL, about 60 ^^^ ng/mL, about 75 ng/mL, about 80 ng/mL, about 85 ng/mL, about 90 ng/mL, about 95 ng/mL, about 100 ng/mL, about 125 ng/mL, about 150 ng/mL, about 165 ng/mL, about 175 ng/mL, about 200 ng/mL, about 225 ng/mL, about 250 ng/mL, about 275 ng/mL, about 300 ng/mL, about 400 ng/mL, about 425 ng/mL, about 450 ng/mL, about 465 ng/mL, about 475 ng/mL, about 500 ng/mL, about 525 ng/mL, about 550 ng/mL, about 575 ng/mL, about 600 ng/mL, about 700 ng/mL, about ^^^ 725 ng/mL, about 750 ng/mL, about 765 ng/mL, about 775 ng/mL, about 800 ng/mL, about 825 ng/mL, about 850 ng/mL, about 875 ng/mL, about 900 ng/mL, about 925 ng/mL, about 950 ng/mL, about 975 ng/mL, about 1000 ng/mL, about 2 µg/mL, about 3 µg/mL, about 4 µg/mL, about 5 µg/mL, about 6 µg/mL, about 7 µg/mL, about 8 µg/mL, about 9 µg/mL, about 10 µg/mL, about 20 µg/mL, about 30 µg/mL, about 40 µg/mL, about 50 µg/mL, about 60 µg/mL, about 70 µg/mL, ^^^ about 80 µg/mL, about 90 µg/mL, about 100 µg/mL, about 200 µg/mL, about 300 µg/mL, about 400 µg/mL, about 500 µg/mL, about 600 µg/mL, about 700 µg/mL, about 800 µg/mL, about 900 µg/mL, about 1000 µg/mL, about 2000 µg/mL, about 3000 µg/mL, about 4000 µg/mL, about 5000 µg/mL, about 6000 µg/mL, about 7000 µg/mL, about 8000 µg/mL, about 9000 µg/mL, or about 10000 µg/mL. ^^^ In some embodiments, a system of the present disclosure optionally includes quality control components (for example, sensitivity panels, calibrators, and positive controls). Preparation of quality control reagents is well-known in the art and is described on insert sheets for a variety of immunodiagnostic products. Sensitivity panel members optionally are used to establish assay performance characteristics, and further optionally are useful indicators of the ^^^ integrity of the device reagents, and the standardization of assays. In some embodiments, a system of the present disclosure can also optionally include other reagents required to conduct a diagnostic assay or facilitate quality control evaluations, such as buffers, salts, enzymes, enzyme co-factors, substrates, detection reagents, and the like. Other components, such as buffers and solutions for the isolation and/or treatment of a test ^^^ sample (e.g., pretreatment reagents), also can be included in the device. The device can additionally include one or more other controls. One or more of the components of the device can be lyophilized, in which case the device can further comprise reagents suitable for the
reconstitution of the lyophilized components. One or more of the components may be in liquid form. In some embodiments, the various components of the device optionally are provided in suitable containers as necessary. In other embodiments, the device further can include ^^ containers for holding or storing a sample (e.g., a container or cartridge for a urine, saliva, plasma, cerebrospinal fluid, or serum sample, or appropriate container for storing, transporting or processing tissue so as to create a tissue aspirate). Where appropriate, the device optionally also can contain reaction vessels, mixing vessels, and other components that facilitate the preparation of reagents or the test sample. ^^^ In some embodiments, analyzing the sample fluid comprises analyzing nucleic acids of the sample fluid. Nucleic acid testing can include, but is not limited to, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), reverse transcription PCR (RT-PCR), real time quantitative PCR (RT-qPCR), isothermal PCR, thermocycle based PCR, hot-start PCR, loop-mediation isothermal amplification (LAMP), recombinase polymerase amplification (RPA), nucleic acid lateral flow ^^^ immunoassay (NAFLIA), helicase dependent amplification (HAD), rolling circle amplification (RCA), nicking enzyme amplification reaction (NEAR), CRISPR-Cas detection methods (e.g., SHERLOCK (specific high-sensitivity enzymatic reporter unlocking), DETECTR (DNA Endonuclease Targeted CRISPR Trans Reporter), and HOLMES (one-Hour Low-cost Multipurpose highly Efficient System), nucleic acid hybridization detection and probes (e.g., dot- ^^^ blot, Southern blot, in situ hybridization, sequence specific probes (TaqMan probes), bead and microarray based oligonucleotide probes), fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), peptide nucleic acid-fluorescence in situ hybridization (PNA-FISH), chromogenic in situ hybridization (CISH), nucleic acid sequencing, high-throughput sequencing, next-generation sequencing, deep sequencing, whole genome sequencing, whole exome sequencing, Northern blot, ^^^ nuclease protection assays (NPA), oligo probes on chips, e.g., ViroChip, other detection methods such as fluorophore probes, enzyme or fluorescently labelled probes, turbidity, colorimetric, and the like. These techniques are well-known in the art. In certain embodiments, amplification is used for increasing the amount of nucleic acid for performing the assay and in the process of detecting and identifying nucleic acid sequences. For example, the amplification ^^^ is performed in PCR and RT-PCR. In some cases, analyzing the sample fluid comprises an immunoassay (IA). An immunoassay generally comprises contacting an antigen with an antibody specific for the antigen to form an antibody-antigen complex and detecting the antibody-antigen complex. In some embodiments, the antibody-antigen complex is an antibody-analyte complex. In other ^^^ embodiments, the analyte is an antigen. In other embodiments, an antigen that may be bound by an antibody includes, but is not limited to, proteins, peptides, polysaccharides, lipids, or nucleic acids.
Cartridges may be designed to perform various types of immunoassays. In some embodiments, the immunoassay may be a labelled immunoassay. In labelled immunoassays, the antibody-analyte complex may be detected using a detectably labeled antibody. Detectable labels may be selected from a variety of such labels known in the art, but normally are ^^ radioisotopes, fluorophores, enzymes (e.g., horseradish peroxidase), or other moieties or compounds which either emit a detectable signal (e.g., radioactivity, fluorescence, color) or emit a detectable signal after exposure of the label to its substrate. Additional labels can include, but are not limited to, DNA probes and reporters, electrochemiluminescent tags, and magnetic particles. Various detectable label/substrate pairs (e.g., horseradish ^^^ peroxidase/diaminobenzidine, avidin/streptavidin, luciferase/luciferin), methods for labelling antibodies, and methods for using labeled antibodies to detect an antigen are well known in the art. In other embodiments, the immunoassay may be an unlabeled immunoassay. Unlabeled immunoassays are performed without labels and include, but are not limited to, techniques such as immunodiffusion and nephelometry. ^^^ In some embodiments, the immunoassay may be a heterogeneous immunoassay. Heterogeneous immunoassays require separation of the antibody-analyte complex from the other components of the immunoassay prior to analysis. In other embodiments, the immunoassay may be a homogeneous immunoassay. Homogeneous immunoassays do not require separation of the antibody-analyte complex from the other components of the ^^^ immunoassay prior to analysis. In some embodiments, the immunoassay may be a competitive immunoassay. In competitive immunoassays, the analyte competes with a specific quantity of labeled antigen for the antibody. In other embodiments, the immunoassay may be a noncompetitive immunoassay. In noncompetitive immunoassays, excess labeled antibody is used to bind with the analyte. ^^^ Antibodies and antigens of an immunoassay may be arranged in a variety of configurations. In some embodiments, the antibodies and antigens of the immunoassay are in solution. In other embodiments, either the antibody or the antigen is bound to a solid surface. In yet another embodiment, the antibody or the antigen from the sample is bound to a solid surface. In some embodiments, the antibody is labelled. In some embodiments, the antigen is ^^^ labelled. In some embodiments, more than one antibody may be used to detect the analyte. In other embodiments, two or more antibodies may bind to the same antigen. In other embodiments, two or more antibodies may bind to different epitopes of the same antigen. In other embodiments, two or more antibodies may bind to different antigens of an analyte. In other embodiments, a first antibody binds to an antigen, and a second antibody binds to the first ^^^ antibody. In other embodiments, two antibodies compete to bind an antigen. In some embodiments, a known amount of an identifiable antigen or analyte competes with the antigen or analyte for binding with an antibody.
Any suitable immunoassay may be utilized. Examples of well-known immunoassay variations include, but are not limited to, immunoassay, such as sandwich immunoassay (e.g., monoclonal-polyclonal sandwich immunoassays), enzyme detection, such as enzyme immunoassay (EIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) (e.g., direct, indirect, ^^ competitive, and sandwich ELISA), competitive inhibition immunoassay (e.g., forward and reverse), enzyme multiplied immunoassay technique (EMIT), a competitive binding assay, bioluminescence resonance energy transfer (BRET), one-step antibody detection assay, homogeneous assay, heterogeneous assay, capture on the fly assay, and the like. In some embodiments, immunoassays may be used to detect nucleic acid sequences. Once a ^^^ desired degree of target nucleic acid sequence amplification is achieved, the amplification product can be detected using an immunoassay. Various formats of assay processing can be employed. For example, an immunoassay can be performed to capture target amplified nucleic acid sequences using the tag incorporated into the amplified target nucleic acid. Specifically, a capture object (such as, a bead, e.g., a magnetic bead) include a binding member of a specific ^^^ binding pair and captures the amplified target nucleic acid via interaction of the member of the binding pair with the other member of the binding pair, which other member that has been introduced into the amplified target nucleic acid during amplification. The capture object is not coated with a nucleic acid that can bind to the amplified target nucleic acid. Immunoassays of the present methods and devices may be analyzed using various ^^^ methods to detect the antibody-analyte complex. Such methods of detection may depend on the format of the immunoassay and can include, but are not limited to, detection of a radiation, detection of an enzyme product, detection of fluorescence, changes in color, changes in turbidity, changes in electrical impedance, changes in optical properties, agglutination, and the like. ^^^ In still other embodiments, assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include enzymatic methods by using enzymes to react with analyte, such as electrolytes, CO2, serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, and detect reaction product. In yet other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include chemical reaction methods, which are similar to enzymatic methods but with ^^^ chemical reagents and using spectrophotometry. In yet other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include changes in pH level. In yet other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include the use of nephelometry. Nephelometry is used to measure the amount of turbidity or cloudiness by measuring scattered light and can be used in combination with ^^^ immunoassays. In yet other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include the use of photometry, which measures absorbed light (UV, visible, IR) to determine amount of an analyte in a solution or liquid. In other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample
include coagulation assays. In coagulation assays, reagents are added to blood to measure coagulating/clotting time. In yet other embodiments, the assays for measuring biomolecules or clinical chemistry panels in a sample include the use of electrophoresis. ^^ COMPUTER CONTROLLED SYSTEMS Aspects of the present disclosure further include computer-controlled systems, where the systems include one or more computers for complete automation or partial automation. In some embodiments, systems include a computer operably connected to a memory having instructions stored thereon which, when executed cause the computer to carry out one or more ^^^ methods of the invention (e.g., discussed above). For example, the computer may be configured to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality to analyze the sample fluid. As discussed above, this can include calculating an average intensity of incident light from the light source, calculating an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, deactivating the light source and calculating a dark image ^^^ average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and calculating the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality. ^^^ Systems may include a display and operator input device. Operator input devices may, for example, be a keyboard, mouse, or the like. The processing module includes a processor which has access to a memory having instructions stored thereon for performing the steps of the subject methods. The processing module may include an operating system, a graphical user interface (GUI) controller, a system memory, memory storage devices, and input-output ^^^ controllers, cache memory, a data backup unit, and many other devices. The processor may be a commercially available processor, or it may be one of other processors that are or will become available. The processor executes the operating system and the operating system interfaces with firmware and hardware in a well-known manner, and facilitates the processor in coordinating and executing the functions of various computer programs that may be written in a ^^^ variety of programming languages, such as Java, Perl, C++, Python, other high level or low level languages, as well as combinations thereof, as is known in the art. The operating system, typically in cooperation with the processor, coordinates and executes functions of the other components of the computer. The operating system also provides scheduling, input-output control, file and data management, memory management, and communication control and ^^^ related services, all in accordance with known techniques. In some embodiments, the processor includes analog electronics which provide feedback control, such as for example negative feedback control.
The system memory may be any of a variety of known or future memory storage devices. Examples include any commonly available random access memory (RAM), magnetic medium such as a resident hard disk or tape, an optical medium such as a read and write compact disc, flash memory devices, or other memory storage device. The memory storage ^^ device may be any of a variety of known or future devices, including a compact disk drive, a tape drive, or a diskette drive. Such types of memory storage devices typically read from, and/or write to, a program storage medium (not shown) such as a compact disk. Any of these program storage media, or others now in use or that may later be developed, may be considered a computer program product. As will be appreciated, these program storage media ^^^ typically store a computer software program and/or data. Computer software programs, also called computer control logic, typically are stored in system memory and/or the program storage device used in conjunction with the memory storage device. In some embodiments, a computer program product is described comprising a computer usable medium having control logic (computer software program, including program code) ^^^ stored therein. The control logic, when executed by the processor the computer, causes the processor to perform functions described herein. In other embodiments, some functions are implemented primarily in hardware using, for example, a hardware state machine. Implementation of the hardware state machine so as to perform the functions described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant arts. ^^^ Memory may be any suitable device in which the processor can store and retrieve data, such as magnetic, optical, or solid-state storage devices (including magnetic or optical disks or tape or RAM, or any other suitable device, either fixed or portable). The processor may include a general-purpose digital microprocessor suitably programmed from a computer readable medium carrying necessary program code. Programming can be provided remotely to ^^^ processor through a communication channel, or previously saved in a computer program product such as memory or some other portable or fixed computer readable storage medium using any of those devices in connection with memory. For example, a magnetic or optical disk may carry the programming, and can be read by a disk writer/reader. Systems of the invention also include programming, e.g., in the form of computer program products, algorithms for use in ^^^ practicing the methods as described above. Programming according to the present invention can be recorded on computer readable media, e.g., any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a computer. Such media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM; portable flash drive; ^^^ and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media. The processor may also have access to a communication channel to communicate with a user at a remote location. By remote location is meant the user is not directly in contact with the system and relays input information to an input manager from an external device, such as a
computer connected to a Wide Area Network (“WAN”), telephone network, satellite network, or any other suitable communication channel, including a mobile telephone (i.e., smartphone). In some embodiments, systems according to the present disclosure may be configured to include a communication interface. In some embodiments, the communication interface ^^ includes a receiver and/or transmitter for communicating with a network and/or another device. The communication interface can be configured for wired or wireless communication, including, but not limited to, radio frequency (RF) communication (e.g., Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID), Zigbee communication protocols, Wi-Fi, infrared, wireless Universal Serial Bus (USB), Ultra Wide Band (UWB), Bluetooth® communication protocols, and cellular communication, ^^^ such as code division multiple access (CDMA) or Global System for Mobile communications (GSM). In one embodiment, the communication interface is configured to include one or more communication ports, e.g., physical ports or interfaces such as a USB port, a USB-C port, an RS-232 port, or any other suitable electrical connection port to allow data communication ^^^ between the subject systems and other external devices such as a computer terminal (for example, at a physician’s office or in hospital environment) that is configured for similar complementary data communication. In one embodiment, the communication interface is configured for infrared communication, Bluetooth® communication, or any other suitable wireless communication ^^^ protocol to enable the subject systems to communicate with other devices such as computer terminals and/or networks, communication enabled mobile telephones, personal digital assistants, or any other communication devices which the user may use in conjunction. In one embodiment, the communication interface is configured to provide a connection for data transfer utilizing Internet Protocol (IP) through a cell phone network, Short Message ^^^ Service (SMS), wireless connection to a personal computer (PC) on a Local Area Network (LAN) which is connected to the internet, or Wi-Fi connection to the internet at a Wi-Fi hotspot. In one embodiment, the subject systems are configured to wirelessly communicate with a server device via the communication interface, e.g., using a common standard such as 802.11 or Bluetooth® RF protocol, or an IrDA infrared protocol. The server device may be ^^^ another portable device, such as a smart phone, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) or notebook computer; or a larger device such as a desktop computer, appliance, etc. In some embodiments, the server device has a display, such as a liquid crystal display (LCD), as well as an input device, such as buttons, a keyboard, mouse or touch-screen. In some embodiments, the communication interface is configured to automatically or ^^^ semi-automatically communicate data stored in the subject systems, e.g., in an optional data storage unit, with a network or server device using one or more of the communication protocols and/or mechanisms described above.
Output controllers may include controllers for any of a variety of known display devices for presenting information to a user, whether a human or a machine, whether local or remote. If one of the display devices provides visual information, this information typically may be logically and/or physically organized as an array of picture elements. A graphical user interface (GUI) ^^ controller may include any of a variety of known or future software programs for providing graphical input and output interfaces between the system and a user, and for processing user inputs. The functional elements of the computer may communicate with each other via system bus. Some of these communications may be accomplished in alternative embodiments using network or other types of remote communications. The output manager may also provide ^^^ information generated by the processing module to a user at a remote location, e.g., over the Internet, phone or satellite network, in accordance with known techniques. The presentation of data by the output manager may be implemented in accordance with a variety of known techniques. As some examples, data may include SQL, HTML or XML documents, email or other files, or data in other forms. The data may include Internet URL addresses so that a user ^^^ may retrieve additional SQL, HTML, XML, or other documents or data from remote sources. The one or more platforms present in the subject systems may be any type of known computer platform or a type to be developed in the future, although they typically will be of a class of computer commonly referred to as servers. However, they may also be a main-frame computer, a workstation, or other computer type. They may be connected via any known or future type of ^^^ cabling or other communication system including wireless systems, either networked or otherwise. They may be co-located or they may be physically separated. Various operating systems may be employed on any of the computer platforms, possibly depending on the type and/or make of computer platform chosen. Appropriate operating systems include Windows^ NT^, Windows^ XP, Windows^ 7, Windows^ 8, Windows^ 10, iOS^, macOS^, Linux^, Ubuntu^, ^^^ Fedora^, OS/400^, i5/OS^, IBM i^, Android™, SGI IRIX^, Oracle Solaris^ and others. KITS Aspects of the invention additionally include kits. In some embodiments, kits include one or more sample analysis systems of the invention. For example, kits may include 1 or more ^^^ sample analysis systems, such as 2 or more sample analysis systems, such as 3 or more sample analysis systems, and including 5 or more sample analysis systems. In addition or alternatively, kits may include one or more cartridges of the invention. For example, kits may include a number of cartridges ranging from 1 to 100, such as 2 to 50 and including 3 to 10. In some cases, components of the subject kits are provided in packaging, such as sealed ^^^ packaging. In certain instances, the sealed packaging is sterile packaging. In addition to the above components, the subject kits may further include (in some embodiments) instructions for carrying out methods of the invention, e.g., performing a sample fluid dilution. These instructions may be present in the subject kits in a variety of forms, one or
more of which may be present in the kit. One form in which these instructions may be present is as printed information on a suitable medium or substrate, e.g., a piece or pieces of paper on which the information is printed, in the packaging of the kit, in a package insert, and the like. Yet another form of these instructions is a computer readable medium, e.g., diskette, compact ^^ disk (CD), portable flash drive, and the like, on which the information has been recorded. Yet another form of these instructions that may be present is a website address which may be used via the internet to access the information at a removed site. The following is presented by way of explanation and not by way of limitation. ^^^ EXPERIMENTAL Example 1: A light interrogation system according to FIG.7A-7C was created. The system includes ^^^ a photodiode array sensor comprised of SONY Pregius Gen3, IMX428, 14.4 x 9.9 mm (Pixelink PL-D797MU). Received in the system was a 1536 microwell plate (1.7mm square, 2.2 mm well space, 10uL volume) consumable/cartridge. Also included were first and second pinhole plates (5 x 7 total 35 pinholes for 35 wells, ^0.8mm pinhole pairs, 2.2 mm space), and an emission band-pass filter to minimize autofluorescence radiation impact. The light source was configured ^^^ to emit 8 wavelengths from UV to IR, and included a light guide plate. The light guide plate was either 1) off-the-shelf with minor modification (Advanced Illumination, 8 wvs, no UV), or 2) home-built (UV LGP, LEDs especially 340 nm, light distribution, material UV durability e.g.). As shown in FIG.7A, 35 pinholes of ^0.8mm and 2.25mm space on front and back plates match the well dimension. The plates were 25 mm in height, and were constructed from ^^^ black Delrin®. CRA < 2° kept light within wells. A SONY IMX4281.1” image sensor was mounted on the back plate and covered all pinholes. An LGP illuminator was mounted on the front plate. In addition, a Thermosphere 1536 micro-well plate was used for 13uL liquid samples. FIG.7B depicts the dimensions of a pinhole plate of the prototype. There was a 2.2mm inter-pinhole distance, ^0.8mm for high dense 1536 well plate and 35micro-cuvettes in ^^^ a penny-sized area. FIG.7C shows 4mm inter-pinhole distance, ^1mm for 1cm spectroscopy cuvette. The prototype of FIG.7A-7C was used to illuminate the consumable. A resulting image of light collected from the back pinhole plate is presented in FIG.8, which demonstrates that the system is well calibrated in that pinhole locations match where they are calculated to be. As ^^^ shown in FIG.8, each pinhole functions as a superphotodiode. The pinhole masks (circle outline) label their locations for intensity measurement. Example 2:
A stray light test was carried out, which involved blocking a pinhole of the device and assessing cross-talk to the blocked pinhole. An experimental setup showing a blocked pinhole is depicted in FIG.9A. The test was first carried out at 0.1 ms exposure, 470 nm 6% power for an unblocked pinhole (FIG.9B-C). The test was subsequently carried out for a blocked pinhole ^^ at 0.1 ms exposure, 470 nm 6% power (FIG.9D-9E). The test for the blocked pinhole was repeated at 10 ms exposure, 470 nm 6% power (FIG.9F-9G). Example 3: A light interrogation system according to FIG.6C was constructed. The cartridge was ^^^ characterized by 2.2mm well space, 1.78mm square cuvette, depth 5.1mm, 7.4mm height (d3). The front pinholes had a diameter (^1) of 0.8mm, and a thickness (d1) of 23 mm. The back pinholes had a diameter (^2) of 1.0mm (0.04”), and a thickness (d2) of 23 mm. The light diameter of cuvette exit (d’) was 1.4 mm. An image of the resulting pinhole array is shown in FIG 10A. Resulting 470nm light beams after front pinholes are shown in FIG.10B. The overall ^^^ system was characterized by x 7 total 35 pinholes for 35 wells, ^0.8mm pinhole pairs, 2.2 mm space. The system had a emission 7-band-pass filter (Chroma JC27395). Narrow transparent bands were central wavelength 340, 405, 467, 500, 550, 600, 660 nm, FWHM 10 nm, 90%T. The high-pass band was >800 nm, trans% 90%. The system had a SONY IMX428 1.1” image sensor (14.4x9.9 mm) with specifications of (HxV) 3208 x 2200, 4.5um pixel; QE ^^^ 22% @ 340nm, QE 77% @ 530nm, QE 20% @ 850nm; Read noise 5.5 e-; Full well 24.8 Ke- (^1mm pinhole 9.7E8 electrons); and Dark current (25°C) 2.8 e-/s/pixel. The light source was comprised of 7 LEDs: 405nm, 470nm, 500nm, 530nm, 590nm, 660 nm, and 850nm. It also included an in-house built edge-light LGP with a 50x50 mm illumination area. The light source was characterized by a 0 to 1A driving current that was continuously adjustable (FIG.2A). ^^^ A CMP absorption calibration and OD calculation was subsequently carried out. Absorption incident lights and camera dark current images were captured at the following settings: 470nm: 500mA, 290ms expo., gain x1; 660nm: 500mA, 175ms expo. , gain x1; 405nm: 500mA, 600ms expo. , gain x1; and 850nm: 500mA, 175ms expo. , gain x1. Sample images were captured at these settings, and mOD value were calculated for each pixel, as ^^^ follows: ^^^ !" #$ ^ %&&& ^^^
Each pinhole was masked, and the average of the masked area was taken as the cuvette ^^^ absorbance. Results are depicted in FIG.11A-11B. As shown in FIG.11A, averaged pinhole area OD is the cuvette absorbance (100mOD of a neutral density filter). FIG.11B shows an absorbance image of a tartrazine 1536 well plate.
Neutral density glass filters (Edmund Absorptive Neutral Density filter Kit #63-470) were then measured at 35 pinholes using a UV1800 spectrometer at 0.1OD, 0.4OD, 1.2OD, 2.0OD, and a blank target; using 4 wavelengths: 403nm, 465nm, 657nm, and 850nm. The OD target spectrum on Shimatzu spectrometer UV1800 is shown in FIG.12. ODs of the 35 pinholes were ^^ measured, calculated, and evaluated with respect to linearity of the mean OD vs. UV1800 readings and repeatability (cv%) of 35 pinhole ODs. Results are shown in FIG.13A-13D. Linearity gain was between 0.97 and 1.01, and R20.9995 or better. Example 3: ^^^ The effects of the placement of a notch filter on stray light in a light interrogation system were investigated. The notch filter was either placed before the sensor background (FIG.6A) or before the back pinhole plate (FIG.6B). The images were collected at an exposure of 600ms, 470nm illumination and 500mA current. Visualization was characterized by 0-44ADU.13,000 to 15,000 pixels were tested in each region. Resulting images for the placement of the notch filter ^^^ before the sensor background and before the back pinhole plate are shown in FIG.14A and FIG.14B, respectively. Data collected in regions 1-4 shown in FIG.14A-14B is represented in Table 1, below: Table 1
^^^ Accordingly, moving the filter to the front of the emission plate (right after the micro-cuvette) reduced stray light. Example 4: ^^^ A light interrogation system shown in FIG.15A-15C was constructed. FIG.15A shows, from bottom to top, an LGP light source, a front pinhole plate, a 1536 microwell plate, and a back pinhole plate. FIG.15B depicts the light pattern after the front pinhole plate. FIG.15C depicts the illuminator exit pupil. A power distribution of a Consun LGP was subsequently measured (a spectrum for the Consun LGP is shown in FIG.16A-16B) and it was ^^^ demonstrated that the low auto-fluorescent LGP material reduces the 405nm spectrum shift. FIG.18 depicts masking the LGP exit surface with ^3.17mm opens at 5 mm incremental. Power was measured at each open with a Thorlabs PM100USB power meter coupled by
^400um optical fiber. Average power and non-uniformity was measured in the central 25 x 25 mm region. A resulting summary is shown in Table 2, below: Table 2
^^ Adjustments to the light interrogation system were made according to the specifications of FIG.17 (from top to bottom) such that the system had the configuration as described below in Table 3: ^^^ Table 3
LGP power efficiency of an Hexatron LPG +HoneyComb illuminator was measured with a Thorlabs PM100USB power meter coupled by ^400um optical fiber using Luxeon LED LHUV-0405, cw 509 nm, current 51mA. Efficiency was measured at LGP edge (incident light), ^^^ and spots of LGP top at 5 mm step (i.e., from top to bottom of FIG.18). Results are presented below in Table 4, and plotted in FIG.19. Table 4
The LGP power efficiency vs. incident was ~1/100. Usable by 500mA current, x10 exposure time (<100ms). By optimizing LED position and LGP size, 1/4 to 1/5 efficiency was considered to be doable. ^^ The hybrid LGP (a spectrum for which is shown in FIG.16B) exit surface was masked with ^ 3.17mm opens at 5 mm incremental, and power was measured at each open with a Thorlabs PM100USB power meter coupled with a ^400um optical fiber. Average power and non-uniformity were measured in the central 25 x 25 mm region. The result is below in Table 5: ^^^ Table 5
Example 5: The following steps were performed with light interrogation system comprising first and second pinhole plates: ^^^ 1. Measure the average intensity (Iincident) of the illuminator pinhole region of the image for each cuvette before a cuvette array is loaded at exposure Tincident e.g. 100us. 2. Run sample preparation steps, fill each cuvette, and wait for a specific time for reaction with reagents to generate color changes. ^^^ 3. Load the cuvette array and record the average intensity of a cuvette at a sequence of longer exposure time e.g.1ms, 10, 100ms, 500ms. Find the intensity close to 80% of the well capacity of the pinhole region: Iabs_i, and record the corresponding exposure time: Tabs_i.
4. Turn off the LED, capture a dark image, and measure its average intensity (Idark_incident and Idark_abs_i) at the pinhole region at Tincident and Tabs_i. 5. Calculate the absorbance of each cuvette: A = log((Iincident - Idark_incident)/ Tincident ÷( Iabs_i -Idark_abs_i)/ Tabs_i). ^^ The experiment and simulation model showed that the above algorithm yields a low cv% of less than 0.5% when measuring absorbance from 0.05 OD to 1.8 OD. Measuring the transmitted light power at a multiple of longer exposure time extends the range to 4 OD while keeping the low cv% of the measurement. The algorithm corrects the material and buffer offset using the ^^^ absorbance measured in an empty cuvette and a cuvette filled with diluent only. Example 6: An assessment of the optical interrogation system of FIG.5A was carried out using a simulation and a bench test. It was found that a super photodiode of
has 6-9x108 ^^^ electrons well capacity, increasing SNR and reducing the cv% at high OD measurement. Both simulation and bench test showed that cv% is less than 0.5% up to 1.8 OD. Using a multiple- exposure algorithm, the measurement range extended to 4 OD at low cv%. ^^^ Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it is readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art in light of the teachings of this invention that some changes and modifications may be made thereto without departing from the spirit or scope of the appended claims. ^^^ Accordingly, the preceding merely illustrates the principles of the invention. It will be appreciated that those skilled in the art will be able to devise various arrangements which, although not explicitly described or shown herein, embody the principles of the invention and are included within its spirit and scope. Furthermore, all examples and conditional language recited herein are principally intended to aid the reader in understanding the principles of the ^^^ invention and the concepts contributed by the inventors to furthering the art, and are to be construed as being without limitation to such specifically recited examples and conditions. Moreover, all statements herein reciting principles, aspects, and embodiments of the invention as well as specific examples thereof, are intended to encompass both structural and functional equivalents thereof. Additionally, it is intended that such equivalents include both currently ^^^ known equivalents and equivalents developed in the future, i.e., any elements developed that perform the same function, regardless of structure. Moreover, nothing disclosed herein is intended to be dedicated to the public regardless of whether such disclosure is explicitly recited in the claims.
The scope of the present invention, therefore, is not intended to be limited to the exemplary embodiments shown and described herein. Rather, the scope and spirit of present invention is embodied by the appended claims. In the claims, 35 U.S.C. §112(f) or 35 U.S.C. §112(6) is expressly defined as being invoked for a limitation in the claim only when the exact ^^ phrase "means for" or the exact phrase "step for" is recited at the beginning of such limitation in the claim; if such exact phrase is not used in a limitation in the claim, then 35 U.S.C. § 112 (f) or 35 U.S.C. §112(6) is not invoked.
Claims
What is claimed is: 1. A light interrogation system comprising: a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers; a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber; a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality; and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber.
2. The light interrogation system according to Claim 1, wherein the first and second pinhole plates each comprise an array of pinholes.
3. The light interrogation system according to Claim 2, wherein the number of pinholes in each array ranges from 2 to 50.
4. The light interrogation system according to Claim 2 or 3, wherein adjacent pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm.
5. The light interrogation system according to any one of Claims 2 to 4, wherein the light source is comprised of a fiber array.
6. The light interrogation system according to Claim 5, wherein the fiber array comprises light pipes.
7. The light interrogation system according to Claim 5 or 6, wherein each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
8. The light interrogation system according to Claim 7, wherein the light source is optically coupled to a fiber array plate having holes for mounting the fiber array.
9. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a lenslet array positioned between the light source and the first pinhole plate, wherein each lenslet of the array is optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
10. The light interrogation system according to Claim 9, wherein the lenslet array is arranged within a lenslet plate.
11. The light interrogation system according to any one of Claims 1 to 4, wherein the light source comprises an array of micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs).
12. The light interrogation system according to Claim 11, wherein the light source comprises edge-lit micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs).
13. The light interrogation system according to Claim 12, wherein the light source comprises a light guide plate (LGP).
14. The light interrogation system according to Claim 13, wherein the LGP is comprised of cast-grade polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA).
15. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a diffuser positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
16. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a folding mirror or folding prism positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
17. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a collimating lens positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
18. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a tapered optical mixing rod positioned between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
19. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a band-pass filter positioned between the second pinhole plate and the optical sensor.
20. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a notch filter.
21. The light interrogation system according to Claim 20, wherein the notch filter is positioned between the first and second pinhole plates.
22. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the optical sensor is a CMOS sensor.
23. The light interrogation system according to any one of Claims 1 to 21, wherein the optical sensor is a spectrometer.
24. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a processor operably connected to the optical sensor, the light source, and a memory having instructions stored thereon which, when executed by the processor, cause the processor to calculate an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality.
25. The light interrogation system according to Claim 24, wherein the processor is configured to: calculate an average intensity of incident light from the light source; calculate an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; deactivate the light source and calculate a dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; and calculate the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
26. The light interrogation system according to Claim 25, wherein the processor is configured to calculate the absorbance for each detection chamber as follows:
wherein: ^ is the absorbance; ^^^^^^^^^ is the average intensity of incident light from the light source; ^^^^^^ is the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; and
^^^^^ is the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
27. The light interrogation system according to Claim 26, wherein the processor is configured to repeat the calculation of the absorbance for each detection chamber until an absorbance change is measured.
28. The light interrogation system according to Claim 27, wherein the processor is configured to calculate an analyte concentration based on a rate of change of the absorbance.
29. The light interrogation system according to Claim 28, wherein the processor is configured to calculate the rate of change as follows:
wherein: ^^^ is the rate of change; ^^^^ is the absorbance calculated at a time point ^^ when the significant absorbance change is measured; and ^^^^^^ is a first absorbance calculated at a time point ^^.
30. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the one or more pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates have a diameter ranging from 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm.
31. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 5 mm to 15 mm.
32. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the first and second pinhole plates have a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm.
33. The light interrogation system according to any one of the preceding claims, further comprising a housing configured to receive a cartridge comprising the detection chambers of the plurality.
34. A method of analyzing a sample fluid, the method comprising:
(a) introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers; (b) inserting the cartridge into a light interrogation system comprising: (i) a first pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality of detection chambers; (ii) a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the first pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber; (iii) a second pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate and configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of the plurality; and (iv) an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through a pinhole of the second pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber; and (c) irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the light source to analyze the sample fluid.
35. The method according to Claim 34, wherein the method comprises optically aligning the detection chambers of the cartridge with the one or more pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates.
36. The method according to Claim 34 or 35, wherein the first and second pinhole plates each comprise an array of pinholes.
37. The method according to Claim 36, wherein the number of pinholes in each array ranges from 2 to 50.
38. The method according to Claim 36 or 37, wherein adjacent pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 2 mm to 2.5 mm.
39. The method according to any one of Claims 36 to 38, wherein the light source is optically coupled a fiber array.
40. The method according to Claim 39, wherein the fiber array comprises light pipes.
41. The method according to Claim 39 or 40, wherein each fiber in the fiber array is optically aligned with a different pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
42. The method according to Claim 41, wherein the light source further comprises a fiber array plate having holes for mounting the fiber array.
43. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 42, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a lenslet array positioned between the light source and the first pinhole plate, wherein each lenslet of the array is optically aligned with a pinhole of the first pinhole plate.
44. The method according to Claim 43, wherein the lenslet array is arranged within a lenslet plate.
45. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 38, wherein the light source comprises an array of micro-light emitting diodes (LEDs).
46. The method according to Claim 45, wherein the light source comprises edge-lit micro- light emitting diodes (LEDs).
47. The method according to Claim 46, wherein the light source comprises a light guide plate (LGP).
48. The method according to Claim 47, wherein the LGP is comprised of cast-grade polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA).
49. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 48, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a diffuser positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
50. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 49, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a folding mirror or folding prism positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
51. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 50, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a collimating lens positioned along an optical path between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
52. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 51, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a tapered optical mixing rod positioned between the light source and the first pinhole plate.
53. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 52, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a band-pass filter positioned between the second pinhole plate and the optical sensor.
54. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 53, wherein the light interrogation system further comprises a notch filter.
55. The method according to Claim 54, wherein the notch filter is positioned between the first and second pinhole plates.
56. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 55, wherein the optical sensor is a CMOS sensor.
57. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 55, wherein the optical sensor is a spectrometer.
58. The method according to any one Claims 34 to 57, further comprising calculating an absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality.
59. The method according to Claim 58, wherein the method comprises: calculating an average intensity of incident light from the light source; calculating an average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; deactivating the light source and calculate a dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; and calculating the absorbance for each detection chamber of the plurality based on the average intensity of incident light from the light source, the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality, and the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
60. The method according to Claim 59, wherein the method comprises calculating the absorbance for each detection chamber as follows: ^ ^ ^^^
wherein:
^ is the absorbance; ^^^^^^^^^ is the average intensity of incident light from the light source; ^^^^^^ is the average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality; and ^^^^^ is the dark image average intensity of the emitted light from each detection chamber of the plurality.
61. The method according to Claim 60, wherein the method comprises repeating the calculation of the absorbance for each detection chamber until an absorbance change is measured.
62. The method according to Claim 61, wherein the method comprises calculating an analyte concentration based on a rate of change of the absorbance.
63. The method according to Claim 62, wherein the method comprises calculating the rate of change as follows:
wherein: ^^^ is the rate of change; ^^^^ is the absorbance calculated at a time point ^^ when the significant absorbance change is measured; and ^^^^^^ is a first absorbance calculated at a time point ^^.
64. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 63, wherein the one or more pinholes of the first and second pinhole plates have a diameter ranging from 0.5 mm to 1.5 mm.
65. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 64, wherein the first and second pinhole plates are separated by a distance ranging from 5 mm to 15 mm.
66. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 65, wherein the first and second pinhole plates have a thickness ranging from 20 mm to 50 mm.
67. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 66, wherein the sample fluid is a blood sample.
68. The method according to Claim 67, wherein the sample fluid is a whole blood sample.
69. The method according to any one of Claims 34 to 68, wherein analyzing the sample fluid comprises performing a complete metabolic panel (CMP).
70. The method according to Claim 69, wherein performing the complete metabolic panel (CMP) comprises assessing: serum glucose, calcium, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), creatinine, sodium, potassium, chloride, carbon dioxide (CO2), serum total protein (TP), serum albumin, bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase (ALP), aspartate amino transferase, and alanine amino transferase.
71. A light interrogation system comprising: a pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers; a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber; a reflector configured to reflect light from each detection chamber to the pinhole plate; and an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through the pinhole of the pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber.
72. A method of analyzing a sample fluid, the method comprising: (a) introducing the sample fluid into a cartridge comprising a plurality of detection chambers; (b) inserting the cartridge into a light interrogation system comprising: (i) a pinhole plate comprising one or more pinholes each configured for optical alignment with a detection chamber of a plurality of detection chambers; (ii) a light source configured to irradiate each detection chamber in the plurality through a pinhole of the pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber; (iii) a reflector configured to reflect light from each detection chamber to the pinhole plate; and (iv) an optical sensor configured to collect light from each detection chamber of the plurality through the pinhole of the pinhole plate that is optically aligned with the detection chamber; and (c) irradiating the plurality of detection chambers using the light source to analyze the sample fluid.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202463563780P | 2024-03-11 | 2024-03-11 | |
| US63/563,780 | 2024-03-11 | ||
| US202463566126P | 2024-03-15 | 2024-03-15 | |
| US63/566,126 | 2024-03-15 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025193545A1 true WO2025193545A1 (en) | 2025-09-18 |
Family
ID=97064411
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2025/018936 Pending WO2025193545A1 (en) | 2024-03-11 | 2025-03-07 | Light interrogation systems having first and second pinhole plates, and methods of use thereof |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025193545A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20180231467A1 (en) * | 2016-09-12 | 2018-08-16 | Delta Electronics Int'l (Singapore) Pte Ltd | Multi-color fluorescent excitation and detection device and nucleic acid analysis apparatus employing same |
| US20190145887A1 (en) * | 2016-05-10 | 2019-05-16 | Commissariat à I'énergie atomique et aux énergies alternatives | System for observing a well plate |
| US20190376897A1 (en) * | 2017-01-19 | 2019-12-12 | Indevr Inc. | Parallel imaging system |
-
2025
- 2025-03-07 WO PCT/US2025/018936 patent/WO2025193545A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20190145887A1 (en) * | 2016-05-10 | 2019-05-16 | Commissariat à I'énergie atomique et aux énergies alternatives | System for observing a well plate |
| US20180231467A1 (en) * | 2016-09-12 | 2018-08-16 | Delta Electronics Int'l (Singapore) Pte Ltd | Multi-color fluorescent excitation and detection device and nucleic acid analysis apparatus employing same |
| US20190376897A1 (en) * | 2017-01-19 | 2019-12-12 | Indevr Inc. | Parallel imaging system |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US10753921B2 (en) | Assay apparatus | |
| US20230258561A1 (en) | Digital molecular assays | |
| US10032270B2 (en) | System and methods for the in vitro detection of particles and soluble chemical entities in body fluids | |
| JP4573840B2 (en) | Micromechanical methods and systems for performing assays | |
| CN102859365B (en) | Device, system and method for rapid determination of medical disease | |
| US11747322B2 (en) | Modular hand-held point of care testing system | |
| JP2003520942A (en) | Reagent-free analysis of biological samples | |
| US20230095831A1 (en) | Device for performing an enzyme-based diagnostic test and methods for use thereof | |
| Palekar et al. | Machine-learning-assisted blood parameter sensing platform for rapid next generation biomedical and healthcare applications | |
| WO2025193544A1 (en) | Sample fluid analysis devices, cartridges for use therein, and methods of use thereof | |
| US12313542B2 (en) | Gadget for measuring retroreflected signal | |
| WO2022159570A1 (en) | Microfluidic devices and rapid processing thereof | |
| EP3798614B1 (en) | Modular multiplex analysis devices and platforms | |
| US11287404B2 (en) | Analysis apparatus with spectrometer | |
| Pham et al. | based on aggregation-induced emission biosensors: current situation and future prospective | |
| HK40097711A (en) | Digital molecular assays | |
| Bose | Development of Smartphone dual-laser waveguide based fluorescent microscopy system using 3D printing |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 25772088 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |